De Buyer

COLLECTION 2021
Manufacture
Chaque recette a son secret*
couverture2021_ok_Alchimy.indd 1 21/01/2021 09:18:57

French Manufacture of
cooking and pastry utensils
191 years of history

1830 2021
Le Val d’Ajol
Vosges (88)
25 000 m²
2 500 products
49 patents
120 60
in production in office
180 employees
INNOVATION
OUR KNOW-HOWS
FRENCH DESIGN AND

MANUFACTURING
CRAFTMANSHIP AND
INDUSTRIAL KNOW-HOW
CONTROL OF MATERIALS
International presense
94 COUNTRIES
CSR commitment
Local roots • Respect for the environment • Welfare at work
Labelled
« Entreprise du patrimoine Vivant »
pagesintroCATALOGUE2021_ok.indd 1 29/01/2021 16:22:01

Dear partners,
2020 has shown that being adaptable is truly the

key to success. We are here to help with stocking up
on utensils to satisfy new hygiene standards, setting
up an effective takeaway service and meeting the
needs of individuals requiring professional quality
at your outlet.
de Buyer’s wide-ranging products give you every-

thing you need to adapt to changing consumer de-
mands in the professional and amateur spaces.
In 2021, we are ramping up our efforts to help you

educate and inform consumers, develop your out-
let, and offer relevant content in-store and online.
This year, more than ever before, we are here to

help your best recipe become a successful triumph.
We are honoured by your trust in us over the past

190+ years.
Kind regards,
Guilhem Pinault
NEW PRODUCTS STAINLESS
STEEL
ALCHIMY page 61
NONSTICK LE TUBE PRO

page 143
MILLS
#outdoor page 23
Plancha griddle
Blue steel pan
CHOC INTENSE removable line Utensils BBQ RUMBA wooden mill 18 cm
page 76 page 104
J O I N U S AT T H E SIRHA S H O W I N Lyo n F R O M M AY 2 9 T O J U N E 2
Having supported the France team in 2019, De
Buyer, official Partner in the grand final of the
Bocuse d’Or
01 | 02 June 2021 – Lyon
Page 2
Boost your sales and
develop your store:
Go through the
training and masterclass
Tools available
catalogue
for in-store
Download :
promotions:
• dedicated packaging •
• recipes •
• background visuals •
• digital kits •
pASTRY
catering
spEcial OFFER
Product selections available for every need :
Notre solution Notre solution

LE TUBE
RATIONALISATION DU TRAVAIL RESPECT DES NORMES D’HYGIÈNE SIMPLICITÉ simple
TRAITEUR - - - RAPIDITÉ---PRODUCTIVITÉ---EFFICACITÉ CUISINE- - - KIT INDIVIDUEL D’USTENSILES POUR CHAQUE POSTE DE TRAVAIL PRODUCTIVITÉ productive
PISTON À PRESSION LE TUBE RÉGULARITÉ regular
DOSER
Dose facilement
GARNIR DÉCORER FORMER
PRODUCTIV ITÉ
SIMPLICITÉ PRÉCISION
RÉGULARIT É PETITS USTENSILES
Outils indispensables au quotidien
PRO PRÉCISION precise
DOSER REMPLIR DECORER
les pâtes, les TEXTURES MOLLES • PÂTES • CRÈMES • MOUSSES,

crèmes et
mousses. Pour
REMPLIR DES VERRINES • DÉCORER • DRESSER DES ASSIETTES,
préparations PRÉPARATIONS SUCRÉES • SALÉES • FROIDES • CHAUDES
froides et
chaudes TO DOSE SOFT TEXTURES • PASTES • CREAMS • FOAMS
(jusqu’à 100°C). TO GARNISH VERRINE • TO DECORATE • TO DRESS A PLATE
Mollette pour FOR SWEET • SAVORY • COLD • HOT APPLICATIONS
régler facile-
ment la pression.
Travail rapide,
précis et soigné. GARNIR DOSER DÉCORER FORMER
code PVI HT* FILLING DOSING DECORATING FORMING
voir la video
LA COUPE
code PVI HT*
3358.02 LE TUBE: piston + 2 couvercles + 4 recharges 0.75 L. 99.00 € 4788.24N Pince cafétéria 24 cm 3,55 €
+ 12 douilles Tritan et 2 supports 6 douilles
(3 douilles unies ø 6-11-13 mm /3 douilles cannelées B8-C6-E8/ Couteau professionnel FK2 4237.20 Pince coudée 20 cm 11,45 €
2 douilles Petits Fours PF10-PF14/ 1 douille St Honoré / 4238.25 Pince droite en inox L.25 cm 7,65 €
1 douille à garnir ø 6 mm / 1 douille à verrine ø 10 mm) 4239.30 Pince recourbée en inox L.30 cm 12,6 €
ENTONNOIR À PISTON PORTIONS INDIVIDUELLES 4740.34N Spatule Maryse haute t° 260°C 34 cm 14,35 €
Perforated stainless steel

4745.30 Spatule polyglass L. 30 cm - t° 220°C 3,05 €
MOULES RIGIDES
Tout inox - un ustensile universel et indispensable pour remplir des
alvéoles, moules ou coques , couler des gelées, dresser rapidement. 4745.35 Spatule polyglass L. 30 cm - t° 220°C 3,40 €
anti-adhésifs - acier revêtu
2610.30 Fouet GÖMA L30 cm 16,50 €
2610.35 Fouet GÖMA L35 cm 17,65 €
4230.20 Spatule droite L. 20 cm 15,85 €

UTILISATION / USE
+2°C / 35°F
pastry moulds
4231.09 Mini-spatule coudée L. 9 cm 12,10 €
GROS DÉBIT code PVI HT* 4236.00 Spatule de service coudée 15,50 €
SPECIAL MOUSSES 4843.00
4711.12
Plaque de 12 muffins ø 7 cm
Plaque de 12 tartelettes ø 7 mm
11,90 €
11,55 € code PVI HT*
4236.01
4234.35
Spatule de service coudée ajourée
Scie à génoise FKOfficium
15,85 €
19,35 € +100°C / 212°F
4712.12 Plaque de 12 mini-savarins ø 7 mm 11,55 € 4281.21 Couteau de Chef français 21 cm 55,35 €
4281.17 Couteau Santoku 17 cm 52,90 € 4807.25N Pinceau silicone 5,70 €
4282.09 Couteau d’office L. 9 cm 28,45 €
DARIOLES INOX 2601.14N Araignée à friture - toile inox 13,60 €
pages 175-176
4287.16 Couteau de précision Santoku L. 16 cm 38,10 €
4286.26 Couteau à pain 26 cm 55,45 €
pour vos flans de légumes, crème caramel,... 3021.08 Pochon monobloc en inox 8 cm 7,40 €
moules robustes et réutilisables, produit écoresponsable
3041.14 Ecumoire monobloc en inox 14 cm 10,75 €
code PVI HT*
code PVI HT* 3095.45N ø 4,8 cm - 0,05 L. 5,40 € 3242.16N Passe-bouillon en inox ø 16 cm 9,30 € • RESTAURATEUR • TRAITEUR
3354.52 Entonnoir à piston KWIK MAX - Volume 3,3 L. Maxi débit. 131,40 € 3095.55N ø 5,5 cm - 0,14 L. 6,10 € • BOULANGER • PÂTISSIER
3095.65N ø 6,5 cm - 0,18 L. 6,85 €
3354.02
3354.12
Entonnoir à piston KWIK PRO tout inox, à 3 débits, 1,9 L 124,20 €
Entonnoir à piston KWIK PRO tout inox, à 3 débits, 1,5 L. 113,70 € 3095.80 ø 8 cm - 0,32 L. 9,70 € • CHOCOLATIER • CONFISEUR
*Prix de base HT 2020 en Euros/public price 2020 in Euros

• RESTAURATION RAPIDE • SNACKING 3358.02 LE TUBE PRO
137.50 €*
PORTIONS INDIVIDUELLES MOULES SOUPLES
• le piston à pression LE TUBE
CHEF • CATERER • BAKER
Mini mandoline KOMI Bahut à anses inox
• 2 couvercles pour réservoir PRIX DE BASE HT
ASTUCE POUR LA PASTRY CHEF • CONFECTIONER
• 4 recharges 075 L.
• 12 douilles Tritan et 2 supports:
ELASTOMOULE mousse de silicone MOUL’FLEX PRO silicone -40° / +280°C
plaque 300 x 176 mm ----.60 = 60x40 cm ----.53 = GN 1/1 PERSONNALISATION : • CHOCOLATE MAKER
-3 douilles unies ø 6-11-13 mm
-3 douilles cannelées B8-C6-E8
UTILISER DES ADHÉSIFS
*Prix de vente conseillé HT 2020 en Euros

*Prix de vente conseillé HT 2020 en Euros
-70° / +300°C -2 douilles Petits Fours PF10-PF14

FAST FOOD • SNACKING - 1 douille St Honoré
code PVI HT* DE COULEUR SUR VOS - 1 douille à garnir ø 6 mm
BOX
1701.53 20 moules mini-cakes 41,70 €
1701.60 30 moules mini-cakes 52,90 €
USTENSILES - - 1 douille à verrine ø 10 mm
DE MONSTRATION
1702.60 40 moules Florentins ø5,6cm 51,75 € parfait pour stocker tous les PERMET L’IDENTIFICATION DE BUYER INDUSTRIES This box includes: V IDE O
code PVI HT* 1703.60 70 moules mini-muffins ø4,2cm 51,75 € ustensiles sur le plan de travail F-88340 LE VAL D’AJOL • the pressure syringe LE TUBE
1831.01D 9 cakes 9x 4,8 x 3 cm 32,35 € 1704.53 18 moules demi-sphériques 41,70 € MOUL’FLEX silicone - plaque 175 x 300 mm ET LE REPÉRAGE FACILE TEL: +33 3 29 30 66 12 • 2 lids for tank
code PVI HT* code PVI HT* • 4 extra tanks 0.75 L.
THE
1833.01D 6 muffins ø 7,4 / 5,4 cm 32,35 € 1704.60 28 moules demi-sphériques 52,90 € -40° / +280°C [email protected] - debuyer.com
• 12 Tritan nozzles and 2 supple nozzles holders
1836.01D 6 cubes L5 cm 32,35 € 1710.53 24 moules portions muffins 41,70 € code PVI HT* 2018.00 Mini coupe-légumes KOMI 28,75 € 3390.16 Bahut à anses, sans couvercle 35,65 €
(3 plain nozzles ø 6-11-13 mm/3 Star nozzles B8-C6-E8/2 Star nozzles PF10-
1843.01 10 Triangles 32,35 € 1710.60 24 moules portions muffins 52,90 € 1971.01 8 formes ovales ‘ASPIC’ 12,95 PF14/1 St Honoré nozzle/2 garnishing nozzles)
1845.01 8 briochettes 32,35 € 1722.60 24 moules oblongs L.14 x3 cm 51,75 € 1978.01 6 tartelettes ø 8,5 cm 12,95
#crepesparty #homemadebread
#steaklover #homebaking
#brunchtime pages 170-171
pages 6-7
new web SITE debuyer.

and BLOG com
Recipes, tips, advice, info and
real-life experiences to meet all
your expectations and needs
Page 3
Steel
S T E E L T H AT S TA N D S
THE TEST OF TIME
Steel frying pans are what our grandmothers used to use. These timeless pans
are ideal for high-temperature cooking and take a simple and natural approach
without any additional coating. We protect and nourish them with beeswax -
it is then up to you to season your pan so it can truly flourish.
-9 -
Steel & beeswax
MINERAL B
-17 -
Steel CARBONE PLUS
- 20 -
Blue steel LA LYONNAISE
- 26 -
Blue steel #OUTDOOR
NB: the FORCE BLUE blue steel range becomes the #OUTDOOR range p. 26
STEEL BOX
BOX #crepesparty
Code Designation Lcm Wcm Hcm

5615.01 47,5 30 10
Composition :
- Steel crepe pan MINERAL B ø26 cm, beeswax finish and
strip steel handle
- Beechwood crepe spatula
- Silicone pastry brush
Page 6
STEEL BOX
BOX Steak Lover
Code Designation Lcm Wcm Hcm Kg

5610.03 47,5 30 10 2,85
Composition :
- Steel frying pan MINERAL B ø26 cm, beeswax finish and
strip steel handle
- Pepper mill, beechwood with steel mechanism
- Stainless steel tong L.24cm
BOX #BRUNCHTIME Pancakes & Blinis

5612.01 47,5 30 10 1,93
Composition :
- 3-Blini pan MINERAL B made of steel, beeswax finish and
steel handle - for 3 blinis ø10 cm
- Ladle made of stainless steel and beechwood
- Beechwood crepe spatula
Page 7
THE WHITES THE BLUES
Collection
Material of the White steel sheet Blued steel sheet

body of the pan
Thickness 2,5 to 3 mm 2 mm 1 to 1,5 mm
Cooking methods Searing / Grilling / Browning
Designed for cooking
Finish Natural beeswax protection Lightly oiled
Heat sources
Moderate
R A N G E
Type of curved Cast stainless steel Steel strip and Steel strip handle
French-style handle handle wood handle
Fixing of the handle Riveted +

Riveted Spot welded
or base heat stop
S T E E L
Flash heat :
Use in the oven
10 minutes at 200°C
Dishwasher cleaning
Profile Flared and rounded lyonnaise shape : facilitates turning of foods
Diameter (cm) 20 to 32 12 to 40 12 to 50 12 to 36 14 to 45
Guarantee Lifetime
PCB (packaging unit) 1 1 1 3-5 3 10

STEEL MINERAL B PRO
STEEL PAN WITH BEESWAX FINISH
NATURAL ANTI-OXIDATION PROTECTION
FAVOURED SEASONING
IMPROVED NONSTICK QUALITIES
Robust : from 2,5 to 3 mm thick
RIVETED CAST STAINLESS STEEL HANDLE
possible oven cooking
Made in France
Suitable for all hotplates including INDUCTION
Round frypan MINERAL B PRO with cast st/steel handle

Code Designation Øcm Hcm Th.mm Bottom ø cm Kg
5680.20 20 3,3 2,5 14 1,09
5680.24 24 3,5 2,5 17,5 1,44
5680.28 28 4 3 21 2,17
5680.32 With 2 handles 32 4,5 3 23 2,9
MINERAL B STEEL PAN WITH BEESWAX FINISH

riveted cast stainless steel handle
Robust : from 2,5 to 3 mm thick. Undistortable.
Suitable for all hotplates including INDUCTION and oven cooking
Round deep country pan MINERAL B Pro with cast st/steel handle
Code Designation Øcm Hcm Liters. Th.mm Kg
5684.28 28 8,7 4 2,5 2,49
Page 9
STEEL MINERAL B BOIS
STEEL PAN B BOIS WITH BEESWAX FINISH
FAVOURED SEASONING
Riveted handle made of steel and beechwood - Possible oven cooking 10 minutes / 200°C
The beech wood used is a wood coming from sustainably managed forests.
Made in France
‘B Bois’ products are exclusively sold via physical retailers.
Round frying pan MINERAL B BOIS

5710.20 20 3,2 2,5 14 1,05
5710.24 24 3,5 2,5 17,5 1,41
5710.26 26 4 3 18,5 1,93
5710.28 28 4 3 21 2,18
5710.32 with 2 handles 32 4,5 3 23 2,66
Round deep country pan MINERAL B BOIS Round crepe pan MINERAL B BOIS
Code Designation Øcm Lcm Hcm Liters. Th.mm ø bottom cm Kg Code Designation Øcm Lcm Hcm Th.mm Kg
5714.24 24 45,6 7,7 2,5 2,5 16,5 1,88 5715.24 24 45,5 1,2 2,5 1,2
Page 10
STEEL MINERAL B BOIS
3-blini pan MINERAL B BOIS
Code Designation Øcm Th.mm Kg
5712.03 3 blinis ø 10 cm 27 2 1,2
Wok MINERAL B BOIS

Code Designation Øcm Lcm Hcm Th.mm Kg
5718.28 wok - Base ø 8 cm - With 2 handles 28 50,4 9 2 1,76
5718.32 wok - Base ø 8 cm - With 2 handles 32 60,5 9,7 2 2,18
3329.10 Grid for wok ø 32 cm 34,5 0,14
The wok has forever been the universal Asian kitchen utensil, and it
turns out to be ideal for a natural, dietetic cuisine, which needs
very little fat and preserves the food's original taste. The 2mm (14
gauge) thickness provides a barrier against increasingly powerful
heat sources and thus guarantees an easy-to-digest cuisine.
Glass lid with beechwood knob
Code Designation Øcm Hcm Kg

4111.20 20 7,5 0,4
4111.24 24 7,5 0,53
4111.28 28 7,5 0,7
4111.32 32 7,5 1
Suits on woks and country pans MINERAL B.
Page 11
STEEL MINERAL B STEEL
STEEL PAN WITH BEESWAX FINISH
FAVOURED SEASONING
RIVETED STEEL HANDLE
For pan with steel handle:
possible oven cooking 10 minutes / 200°C
Made in France
Round frying pan MINERAL B

5610.20 20 3,3 2,5 14 1
5610.24 24 3,5 2,5 17,5 1,39
5610.26 26 4 3 18,5 1,9
5610.28 28 4 3 21 2,15
5610.32 WTH 2 HANDLES 32 4,5 3 23 2,63
5610.36 WTH 2 HANDLES 36 5 3 26 3,53
Page 12
Steel steak frypan, flared edge MINERAL B
Code Designation Øcm Th.mm Bottom ø cm Kg
5616.24 24 2,5 18 1,27
5616.28 28 2,5 21,3 1,63
Round frying pan "GRILL" MINERAL B

5613.26 26 4 2,5 18,5 1,37
5613.32 32 4,5 2,5 23 2,31
Round deep country pan MINERAL B
Code Designation Øcm Hcm Liters. Th.mm Bottom ø cm Kg

5614.24 24 7,8 2,5 2,5 16,5 1,85
5614.28 28 8,7 4 2,5 19,5 2,47
5614.32 WTH 2 HANDLES 32 9,6 5,5 2,5 22,5 3
Round deep country pan MINERAL B with 2 handles

5654.24 24 7,8 2,5 2,5 16,5 1
5654.28 28 8,7 4 2,5 19,5 1,8
5654.32 32 9,6 5,5 2,5 22,5 2,26
Page 13
Wok MINERAL B
5618.24 wok - Base ø 8 cm 24 43,7 8 2 1,4
5618.28 wok - Base ø 8 cm 28 50,4 9 2 1,76
5618.32 wok - Base ø 8 cm - With 2 handles 32 60,5 9,7 2 2
3329.10 Grid for wok ø 32 cm 34,5 0,14
5618.40 wok - Base ø 11 cm- With 2 handles 40 69 10,4 2 2,75
Wok MINERAL B with 2 handles

Code Designation Øcm Lcm Hcm Kg
5619.28 28 9 1,75
5619.32 32 9,7 2
3329.10 Grid for wok ø 32 cm 34,5 0,14
Glass lid with stainless steel knob

Code Designation Øcm Kg
3429.14 14 0,24
3429.16 16 0,29
3429.18 18 0,35
3429.20 20 0,41
3429.24 24 0,58
3429.28 28 0,74
3429.32 32 1,1
3429.40 40 1,37
Page 14
Omelette pan MINERAL B
5611.24 24 3,8 1,35
OMELETTE pan with rounded

shape to return easily omelettes
and to slide them onto a plate
without any problem. Perfect for
delicious omelettes, crispy outside
and soft inside.
Paella pan MINERAL B with 2 st/steel riveted handles

5652.32 4 p. 32 4,2 3 23 2,5
Round crepe pan MINERAL B

Code Designation Øcm Lcm Hcm Th.mm Bottom ø cm Kg
5615.24 24 45,5 1,2 2,5 21 1,13
5615.26 26 47,8 1,3 2,5 22,5 1,33
5615.30 30 54,1 1,5 2,5 25,5 1,78
Blinis pan MINERAL B ELEMENT

Code Designation Øcm Lcm Hcm Th.mm Bottom ø cm Kg PU
5612.12 12 24,1 1,8 2,5 9,5 0,43 5
3-blini pan MINERAL B

5612.03 3 blinis ø 10 cm 27 2 1,11
Page 15
Pan for Poffertjes and mini-blinis MINERAL B
Code Designation Øcm Lcm Kg
5612.16 27 47,8 1,1
The Poffertjes pan to cook the famous Dutch mini-pancakes or

also mini- blinis. 16 Poffertjes ø 4 cm
Rectangular grill pan with 2 st/steel riveted handles Rectangular pan PLANCHA, 2 aluminium riveted handles
Code Designation Lcm Wcm Hcm Kg Code Designation Lcm Wcm Hcm Th.mm Kg
5640.02 38 26 2,5 2,49 5640.01 38 26 2,5 2,5 2,21
Born of the famous healthy and dietetic This “Plancha” pan is used to grill meat oven cooking and hotcoals.
cooking method, the "plancha" is really without fat content. It is also perfect to cook
practical to cook meat thanks to its wide scallop flesh, shrimps, fish, vegetables..The
area. Suitable on all heat sources and hot strong straight aluminium handles are firmly
coals. riveted. All heat sources including induction,
Oval roasting-pan with 2 st/steel riveted handles

Code Designation Lcm Wcm Hcm Th.mm Bottom ø cm Kg
5651.36 36 24 4,8 2,5 21 2,26
Page 16
STEEL CARBONE PLUS - Heavy quality steel
STEEL pan
2,5 to 3 mm thick for professional strong heat sources
Perfect heat conduction
Extra-strong handle
Made in France
Perfect for searing, frying, browning
Round "lyonnaise" frypan - Heavy quality steel

5110.18 18 35,1 3 2,5 12 0,89 3
5110.20 20 36,8 3,2 2,5 14 1,03 3
5110.22 22 42 4 2,5 15,5 1,24 3
5110.24 24 44 3,5 2,5 17,5 1,31 3
5110.26 26 48,5 4 3 18,5 1,93 3
5110.28 28 50,5 4 3 20 2,1 3
5110.30 30 54 4,2 3 21,5 2,35 3
5110.32 With 2 handles 32 60 4,5 3 23 2,71 3
5110.36 With 2 handles 34 69,5 4,5 3 26 3,5 3
5110.40 With 2 handles 38 73 5,3 3 30 4,11 3
5110.50 With 2 handles 48 91 5,7 3 41 6,13 1
The "lyonnaise" profile pan has a high flared and curved skirt. This
very distinctive shape, with no sharp angles, enables the food to
slide easily from the frying pan onto a plate or dish. The strip steel
handle is firmly riveted.
All heat sources.
Possible oven cooking : 10 minutes at 200°C.
Round frying pan - Stainless steel cold handle

5130.20 20 36,6 3,2 2,5 14 1 3
5130.24 24 43,7 3,5 2,5 17,5 1,39 3
5130.28 28 51 4 3 20 2,12 3
5130.32 With 2 handles 32 59,6 4,5 3 23 2,71 3
Ergonomic functional stainless tube handle, guaranteed not to
heat up and firmly riveted. All hotplates including INDUCTION.
Suitable for oven cooking. The "lyonnaise" profile pan has a high
flared and curved skirt. This very distinctive shape, with no sharp
angles, enables the food to slide easily from the frying pan onto a
plate or dish.
Page 17
Fish frypan - Heavy quality steel
Code Designation Lcm Wcm Hcm Th.mm Bottom ø cm Kg PU
5111.36 Oval - total L. : 60 cm 36 26 4 2,5 21 2,3 3
5111.40 Oval - total L. : 69,5 cm 40 28 5 3 23 3,32 3
Oval and oblong frying pans are the ideal shape for cooking whole
fish. Note: the standard model has the handle riveted lengthways.
Oval fish frying pan, steel

Code Designation Lcm Wcm Hcm Th.mm Bottom ø cm Kg PU
5131.36 total L.50,3 cm 36 26 4,6 2,5 21 2,39 3
Handle is riveted on the short axis for "salamander special" model.

All hotplates including INDUCTION
Pancake pans - Heavy quality steel

5120.18 2,5 mm th 18 36,2 1,1 2,5 15 0,71 5
5120.20 2,5 mm th 20 38,4 1,1 2,5 17 0,83 5
5120.22 2,5 mm th 22 42,2 1,3 2,5 19 1,02 5
5120.24 2,5 mm th 24 44,2 1,3 2,5 21 1,14 5
5120.26 2,5 mm th 26 50,2 1,3 2,5 22,5 1,37 5
GIANT CREPE PAN
5120.30 2,5 mm th 30 54,2 1,7 2,5 25,5 1,79 5
Steel plate is the ideal metal for making crispy, tasty crepes. The low
skirt of the frying pan allows crepes to be easily flipped and
turned. The handle is welded (except for ø 30 cm whose handle is
riveted)
Steel blinis pan - Heavy quality steel
Code Designation Øcm Lcm Wcm Hcm Th.mm Perso Kg PU

5140.12 Blinis pan - 2,5 mm th 12 24 12,2 2 2,5 9,5 0,41 10
5141.03 3 blinis ø 10 cm 27 48 1,2 2 1,11 3
These frying pans allow you to make the well known Russian
specialty blinis as well as fritters and pancakes.
Page 18
Round frypan, 2 stainless steel handles - Heavy quality steel
Code Designation Øcm Hcm Th.mm Bottom ø cm Kg PU
5113.24 2,5 mm th 24 4 2,5 17,5 1,2 3
5113.28 3 mm th 28 4,5 3 20 1,9 3
5113.32 3 mm th 32 5,5 3 23 2,4 3
5113.36 3 mm th 36 6 3 26 3 3
5113.40 3 mm th 40 6 3 30 3,78 3
5113.50 3 mm th 50 6 3 41 5,82 1
This extra-thick professional frying pan has two firmly welded Its heavy-gauge thickness allows food to simmer.
handles. It has many different uses and proves ideal for paella
because of its highly-flared shape, allowing liquid to evaporate
quickly (boiling down).
WOK made of iron steel - Special induction cooker
Code Designation Øcm Lcm Hcm Th.mm Kg PU

5114.35 Polished finishing 35 60,5 8,5 1,5 1,46 3
3122.00 24 3,65 1 0,25 1
Typical Asian rounded form adapted to the wok induction cooker. Enables to seal and cook support, the wok is steady on the plate.
food with little fat for a dietetic and natural Asian cuisine. Opimized weight of the wok to
cook effortless. Thanks to the thickness of 15/10° the wok is both solid and light to handle.
Riveted steel handle. Guaranteed without coating.
The wok holder is suitable for rounded woks 3122.90 and 5114.35. Enables to use these
woks on standard flat induction hotplates. Thanks of the special form with its handle
Round "Grill" frypan with steel handle

5530.26 26 48 4,3 2,5 18,5 1,42 3
5530.30 30 54 4,5 2,5 21,5 1,74 3
Ideal for searing meats using hardly any fat. area between pan and meat. The high side
The steel pan reaches high temperatures, helps prevent from spatters. The thickness of
caramelizing the meat juices to give your the pan together with the ribbed base
grilled meats flawless flavour. The ribbed prevent shape loss.
base marks the meat and reduces the contact
Rectangular grill pan

Code Designation Lcm Wcm Th.mm Kg PU
5540.38 38 26 2,5 2,52 3
It is the perfect product for healthy cooking. Without fat, you will
obtain really tender and grilled meat.
Page 19
Rounded steel deep-fryer without basket
Code Designation Øcm Lcm Hcm Liters. Th.mm Kg
5050.28 28 33,8 8 4 1,2 1,01
5050.32 32 38,9 9,3 6 1,2 1,29
5050.36 36 39,8 10,5 8,8 1,5 2,25
5050.40 40 42,5 13,1 12,2 1,5 2,86
5050.45 45 45,3 14,5 17,3 1,5 3,42
5050.50 50 50,3 16,4 23,5 1,5 4,35
Steel plate, being a very good spreader of heat, is perfect for the Don't forget to order the corresponding frying basket separately.
manufacture of deep frying vessels. This is the indispensable "SOS"
utensil when the electric fryer breaks down. It's also very useful for
other unforeseen uses.
Tinned wire basket for ref. 5050

5051.28N (1) 25,3 6,3 0,17
5051.32N (1) 29,5 8,7 0,25
5051.36N (1) 32,6 9,3 0,26
5051.40N (2) 39 12,4 0,5

5051.45N (2) 43 15 0,69
5051.50N (2) 46,5 17 0,74
You can set the basket handles on the raised handles of the deep gaps. Mesh 8x 8 mm.
fryer so the cooking oil drains away perfectly. Make sure the basket
is clear of the oil.
The basket is close-woven to ensure no food falls through the
BLUE STEEL
1 to 1,5 mm thick for less powerful heat sources
Semi-professional and domestic use
Quick heating time
Extra-strong handles- Welded
For all heat sources except induction
Made in France
Round "lyonnaise" frypan, blue steel

5020.14 1 mm th 14 26,2 3,3 1 0,25 10
5020.18 1 mm th 18 34,9 3,6 1 0,38 10
5020.20 1 mm th 20 36,9 4 1 0,46 10
5020.24 1 mm th 24 41,2 4,5 1 0,6 10
5020.26 1 mm th 26 46,3 4,5 1 0,69 10
5020.28 1,2 mm th 28 49,3 4,7 1,2 0,93 10
5020.30 1,2 mm th 30 54,4 5 1,2 1,04 10
5020.32 1,2 mm th 32 55,5 5,5 1,2 1,15 5
5020.36 1,5 mm th 36 65,8 6 1,5 1,72 5
5020.40 1,5 mm th 40 69,1 6,5 1,5 2,09 5
5020.45 1,5 mm th 45 83,2 7,5 1,5 2,81 1
The "Lyonnaise" is the traditional "granny-style" frying pan. The
lightweight blue steel plate is suitable for low-power heat sources.
This "lyonnaise" profile pan has a high flared and curved skirt, with
no sharp angles, enabling the food to slide easily from the frying
pan onto a plate or dish. The handle is welded.
Page 20
STEEL Blue steel
Pancake pan, blue steel

5303.18 18 36 1,5 2 0,58 10
5303.20 20 38 1,5 2 0,69 10
5303.22 22 41,8 1,5 2 0,8 10
5303.24 24 43,5 1,5 2 0,93 10
Blue steel plate is ideal for making crispy, tasty crepes. The and turned. The handle is welded.
low skirt of the frying pan allows crepes to be easily flipped
Box of 10 neoprene handle gloves for thermic protection

4636.00 20,5 13 5,5 0,26
Page 21
#OUTDOOR
Outdoor
Preparing • Cutting • Spicing • Marinating
Grilling • Searing • Cooking
Meat • Fish • Vegetable
Pizza • Baking
When it’s finally summer,

we all love to cook outside.
Whether it’s on a grill, pizza oven or firepit, people love cooking outside
during the best weather of the year.
When thinking about cooking, de Buyer utensils are essential, even for out-
doors. Discover our product selection
-25 -
Griddle
-26 -
Blue steel frypan
- 29 -
Utensils
#OUTDOOR Collection CONCEPT #OUTDOOR
CONCEPT #OUTDOOR : POS & package

20.500 Totem #OUTDOOR 54,5 159
20.504 Recipes book #OUTDOOR
POS pack
4 pcs :
20.501 + 2 x 20.502 + 20.503
20.501 Cardboard flag for display 60 18
20.502 Shelf cover 40 3,5
20.503 Cardboard chain
- digital kits
#OUTDOOR CONCEPT
Merchandising dedicated to the #OUTDOOR collection
Seasonal in-store events. Contact us for conditions of provision.
Tools available to you for in-store promotions:
dedicated packaging recipes - background visuals
In the following pages, this symbol designates products with special OUTDOOR packaging
The blue carbon steel frying pan

The perfect pan to cook like a professional chef and rustle up delicious barbecue or plancha grills.
Whether you want a tasty piece of grilled beef, generously sprinkled with freshly-milled pepper,
or barbecue flavored summer vegetables, de Buyer has brought out the ideal frying pan.
Page 24
#OUTDOOR Collection PLANCHA Griddle
Electrical griddle Plancha #OUTDOOR 60 X 40 cm Gas Plancha #OUTDOOR 60 x 40 cm
Code Designation Lcm Wcm Hcm Kg Code Designation Lcm Wcm Hcm Kg
220 V Norm CE
Norm CE 6-10 p.
6-10 p. 4420.01 Griddle without lid 62 52 27 26,4
4420.00 Griddle without lid 62 49 27 27
4420.02 model for Germany
St/steel chassis. Enamelled cast iron plate High durability: stainless steel base - Suitable for butane or propane gas. burners with thermocouple protection.
dimension 60x40 cm. Splashproof with a satin finish. In accordance with European regulation. Integrated piezo at control buttons
Easy cleaning. Hidden draining system: push/pull opening Stainless steel and steel chassis. Hidden draining system: push/pull opening
High performance: independent heating system. Enamelled cast iron plate dim: 60x40 cm - system.
power with 2 radiants. 2 cooking areas. Norm IPX4 (resist to water splash). Easy cleaning
T° from 50 to 300°C. High performance: p-shaped stainless steel
Lid for griddle Plancha #OUTDOOR L.60 cm Cover for griddle Plancha #OUTDOOR L.60 cm without lid
4420.50 Stainless steel 61 47 16 5,6 4420.60 62 52 27 0,5
4420.51 Black Epoxy 61 47 16 5,6
Sideboard for griggle Plancha #OUTDOOR

4420.03 99 64 102 31,5
Top shelf 87x54 cm

2 shelves 43x36 cm
Backsplash with kitchen utensils rack 87x27 cm:
useful for hanging spatulas
EASY OPENING «push-pull» door system

EASY TO MOVE : 2 wheels with wheel covers and 1 handle
Page 25
#OUTDOOR Collection #OUTDOOR steel frypans
BLUE STEEL - EXTRA-STRONG quality

2 mm thick for professional medium heat sources
Perfect heat conduction
Welded extra-strong handles
All heat sources (induction at moderate T°)
Made in France
Perfect for SEARING, FRYING, BROWNING
Frying pan, blue steel

5400.20 20 37 4,2 2 0,95 6
5400.24 24 43,5 4,5 2 1,26 6
5400.28 28 50 5 2 1,66 6
5400.32 32 56 5,5 2 2,1 3
5400.36 36 67 6 2 2,57 3
BLINIS PAN
5440.12 12 24 2 2 0,33 20
This "lyonnaise" profile pan made from 2mm (14 gauge) blue steel
plate gives very good heat spread. It has a high flared and curved
skirt. This very distinctive shape, with no sharp angles, enables the
food to slide easily from the frying pan onto a plate or dish. The
strip steel handle is firmly riveted.
Round "Country" frypan , 2mm blue steel
Code Designation Øcm Lcm Hcm Liters. Th.mm Kg PU

5414.20 20 39,5 6 1,7 2 1,19 3
5414.24 24 46,5 6,8 2,5 2 1,58 3
5414.28 28 51,5 7 4 2 1,96 3
5414.32 With 2 handles 32 66,5 8 5,5 2 2,46 3
Between the curved sauté pan and the "Lyonnaise" profile frying pan, this high-sided pan is
ideal for all styles of cooking, including frying, searing, grilling. It can used to prepare large
quantities of ingredients and its high sides reduce the amount of juice spat out when
cooking meats. Ideal for sauteed potatoes.
Page 26
#OUTDOOR Collection #OUTDOOR steel frypans
Perforated vegetable pan, blue steel
Code Designation Øcm Th.mm Kg PU
5490.00 with 1 handle 28 2 1,3 3

5408.28 with 2 handles 28 2 1,3 3
The perforations ensure direct cooking and when cooking

on coals give your food the perfect barbecue flavor.
Chestnut pan with side ventilation Chestnut pans, blue steel
Code Designation Øcm Hcm Th.mm Kg PU Code Designation

5493.28 28 4,7 1,1 0,91 10 5490.28
5491.28
Chestnut pan with side ventilation for The grooved bottom allows the chestnuts to The chestnut pan with holes in the bottom is
improved heat circulation: an exclusive roast better. a traditional utensil, always made out of steel
process allows this chestnut pan to be used plate for ruggedness. This design of chestnut
on all types of hotplates, including gas and pan is exclusively for use on hot coals.
induction.
Pancake pan, blue steel

5303.18 18 36 1,5 2 0,58 10
5303.20 20 38 1,5 2 0,69 10
5303.22 22 41,8 1,5 2 0,8 10
5303.24 24 43,5 1,5 2 0,93 10
Blue steel plate is ideal for making crispy, tasty crepes. The and turned. The handle is welded.
low skirt of the frying pan allows crepes to be easily flipped
Page 27
#OUTDOOR Collection Paella
Paella pan, blue steel

5023.20 20 1 3
5023.28 28 1 3
While stocks last
5023.34 6 portions - 1,5 mm th 34 42 4,5 1,5 1,43 3
5023.37 8 portions - 1,5 mm th 37 44,4 5 1,5 1,61 3
5023.42 12 portions - 1,5 mm th 42 49,5 5,5 1,5 2,05 3
5023.47 15 portions - 1,5 mm th 47 55 6 1,5 2,64 3
5023.60 25 portions - 1,5 mm th 60 68 6,5 1,5 3,91 1
The paella dish is not only typical but also has lots of other allows, and in certain establishments, it goes on the table too. This
possible uses: it goes on the hotplate but also in the oven if size dish is of medium height and makes it easy to prepare paella or
other dishes.
Chrome steel burner tripod

0820.00N 59 55 66,5 2,17
The tripod provides a fixed support for the "paella special" gas
burner, giving a stable cooking surface when making paellas out in
the open. It adapts to burner size up to ø 60/70 cm and bears
about 60 kg.
Gas burner, enamelled steel

0816.40N For paella pan 60-100 cm- 11,7 KW 41 69 11,1 2,51
0816.50N For paella pan 60-100 cm - 14 KW 50 84,2 12 3,19
0816.60N For paella pan 60-100 cm- 19,25 KW 60 94,7 13 3,78
In accordance with European regulations
Gas burner delivered without adapter
Standard model with a 37-millibar pressure
Indicate with order the country where the
burner will be used to adapt it.
This burner has independent and separately controllable flame

rings and allows a dish or other receptacle to be heated wherever
needed and without over-bulky or costly equipment. It's the ideal
complement to the paella dish for alfresco meals or for use in
reception rooms where improvised "kitchens" or "buffets" are laid
out. The gas burner is suitable for both butane and propane.
Paella pan "Viva España", 2 red handles, steel

Code Designation Øcm Hcm Th.mm Kg PU
5026.24N 1 portion 24 3,5 1 0,4 6
5026.28N 3 portions 28 3,7 1 0,51 6
5026.32N 5 portions 32 4 1 0,68 6
5026.36N 7 portions 36 4 1 0,97 6
5026.40N 9 portions 40 4,4 1 1,28 6
5026.46N 12 portions 46 5 1 1,9 4
5026.50N 14 portions 50 5 1 2,22 4
5026.60N 19 portions 60 5 1 4,09 4
5026.70N 25 portions 70 5 1 7 1
5026.80N 40 portions 80 5,2 1 9,3 1
5026.90N 50 portions - 4 handles 90 6,2 1,5 12 1
From 1.0 to 1.5mm thick (16 to 20 gauge), this paella dish is The hammered bottom gives this item a distinctive look.
modeled on the typical Spanish shape, with a relatively low skirt.
Page 28
#OUTDOOR Collection #OUTDOOR utensils
KOBRA V AXIS : Professional fruit and vegetable slicer with pusher

2011.01 Complete with pusher - Black 36,5 12,2 8 0,66
2011.41 Complete with pusher - Red 36,5 12,2 8 0,66
SPARE PARTS :
2011.55 Pusher alone
- V-shaped blade: the blade penetrates the product easily. - PRACTICAL & EASY: easy to adjust the height of the cut: the thumb wheel integrated at the
- Optimised cutting angle at 19,3°. Cuts easily and perfectly all fruits and vegetables, even the end of the handle allows the adjustment of the thickness up to 5 mm. - St/steel ramp
softest ones (tomatoes, pears, etc.). - COMPACT: the pusher clips on for easy storage.
- Micro-serration of the blade enables the thinest cut of fruit/vegetable with skin and - SAFE Protective pusher. Silicone moulded anti-sliding ergonomic handle. Anti-skid feet.
preserves their flesh composition.
Asian Chef's knife

4280.15 L. 15 cm 28,6 4,9 2 0,16
4280.17 L. 17 cm 30 5,5 1,8 0,18
This 15cm Asian Chef's knife is very light and designed to be ideal for young cooks or for
sharp and easy to maneouver for light quick small hands.
cutting tasks in busy kitchens. It is also
Utility knife L. 14 cm
4285.14 26,7 2 3 0,14
Small chopping/slicing knife for many light meat/vegetable jobs for chefs and home cooks.
Flat bottom bowl

3250.20 20 10 2 0,8 0,24
3250.24 24 11,2 3,5 1 0,4
Bowls for professional use, as much for their capacity as for the
quality and thickness of the stainless steel used. They have an
open rolled rim: rolled for handling without injury and open for
improved hygiene. Polished finish.
Page 29
Flat-edge rectangular deep dish, conical
Code Designation Lcm Wcm Hcm Liters. Th.mm Kg PU

3283.27 27 22 4 1,9 1 0,63 10
3283.30 30 25 4,3 2,6 1 0,79 10
These stainless steel dishes are particularly

resistant to knocks that happen during the
course of handling. Besides this, they comply
with professional dimensions.
Utility tongs Stainless steel tweezer with curved end
Code Designation Lcm Th.mm Kg PU Code Designation Lcm Kg

4788.40N 40 0,5 0,2 12 4239.35 35 0,17
The large model is very practical for oven Tweezer for picking up ingredients and easily
ranges, grills, barbecues… Skewers, stainless steel handling them, from the thinest one (herbs,
flower, etc.) to the largest one (piece of meat).
For serving up and decorating plates.
Code Designation Lcm Th.mm Kg

3401.25 Set of 10 25 2 0,01
3401.30 Set of 10 30 2 0,01
3401.35 Set of 10 35 2 0,01
3401.40 Set of 10 40 2 0,02
Easily slice through meat and vegetables cooking. Robust and reusable.
thanks to the bevelled tips. Made of flat
stainless steel wire, food won’t slip off during
Silicone brush
Code Designation Lcm Wcm Kg

4807.25N 25 3 0,04
Hygienic brush. Easily cleanable. T° resistance
until 250°C.
Page 30
Triangular spatula FKOfficium

4233.01 L. blade 8 cm 26,5 8 0,11
With its special shape, this spatula lets you clean grids and
hotplates. Its width and sharp angles also allow you to cut or
spread pasty substances or to peel chocolates off their baking
sheets.
Stainless steel flexible turner FKOfficium

4235.00 L.blade 17 cm 31 7,8 0,1
This food turner is made from forged stainless steel. Its

springiness makes food easy to handle and turn.
Cranked spatola FKOfficium inox

4232.00 L. blade 12 cm 30 9 0,14
High resistance thanks to the thick stainless steel of the blade. The
bevelled blade allows easy sliding under food. Wide angled design
ensures you can easily turn any piece of meat or kind of burger.
Dredger, stainless steel

Code Designation Øcm Hcm Liters. Kg
4783.03N Spices dredger - large holes 2,5 mm 7 10 0,31 0,14
Page 31
Stainless steel round ring ø 8 cm

3989.08 8 4,5 0,8 0,08 6
Enables you to cook your flans ans gratins

directly and quickly on a grill.
Pizza cutting wheel

4970.10N Pizza cutting wheel 10 1 0,17
This particularly sturdy pizza cutter has an ergonomic handle for a

firm grip. Its stainless steel beveled blade allows pizza to be easily
cut into portions.
Round pizza tray, heavy blue steel

5350.28 28 1 0,52 5
The plaque will not distort and ensures good air mattress between the food to be cooked
heat transmission. This steel plate has a high- and the metal. Ideal for pizzas.
quality surface that will not stain pastry
bottoms; it is micro-roughened, creating an
Spices lacquered mill RUMBA 20 cm, ceramic mechanism

Code Designation Hcm Kg
C030.203232 Red 20 0,35
C030.203333 Black 20 0,35
Ceramic mechanism suitable for various spices. This range of

classical mills is made of beech wood. The wood is lacquered : one
coat of white lacquer then three coats of the color.The glossy
lacquered finish and the vitamin shades bring a colourful touch
and brighten up the kitchen and table.
Page 32
Preparation dish with 6 cells, stainless steel
Code Designation Lcm Wcm Hcm Th.mm Kg
3221.06 40 30 1,6 0,8 0,7
Ideal dish for preparing different dishes and separating them.

Robust, resistant and undeformable stainless steel.
6 cells. Rounded corners for easy maintenance.
Gloss polished finish. Hygienic and durable.
Mug with 2 folding handles, stainless steel

3979.00 13,6 9 9,5 0,7 0,7 0,21 10
The mug is a piece of camp equipment meant for a soldier's use. easy to keep clean. The two handles fold away to take up less
This stainless steel model is especially robust and hygienic and is room.
Plastic water bottle (Army model), fitting into the mug

Code Designation Lcm Wcm Hcm Liters. Kg PU
4959.00 Green NATO 13,2 8,1 22,8 1,3 0,14 20
2-level smoker oven for hot and cold smoking - Stainless steel
Food is subjected, over a prolonged period, to Code Designation Lcm Wcm Hcm Kg
smoke which has an antiseptic effect and increases 3441.60 large 60 x 40 cm 60 40
shelf life, at the same time enhancing the taste.
Smoking gives food a woody taste. More specifically, 3441.00 small 31 x 31 cm 31 31 20 7,3
you can smoke meat (steak, chops, filet mignon, etc.), Composition :
poultry (chicken, duck, etc.), charcuterie (essentially Smoking chamber with lid
ham, bacon, large sausages, small sausages, 3441.93 st/steel grid for smoker 31x31 cm
andouilles [spicy sausages]) and fish (salmon, trout, 3441.91 Oven and lid
eel, mackerel, etc.). 3441.90 Fire pit
The principle lies in exposing food to smoke at 3441.92 Aluminium telescopic and flexible pipe
different temperatures, depending on the desired One thermometer
result. 500 g. of sawdust
2 removable feet
Delivered with smoking advice and recipes
Sawdust is sterilized and dust free. To be assembled
Guaranteed without chemical. Sawdust HB50/1000.
Grain size : 0.5 to 1.0mm.Humidity 8 to 12 %. Beech sawdust for food smoking:
In compliance with the standards DIN ISO 9001. 4441.01 Bag of 0,5 kg 0,51
4441.15 Bag of 15 kg 15,1
Page 33
O U T S TA N D I N G
Nonstick
N O N - S T I C K PA N S
Our non-stick ranges are recommended for low-temperature cooking as they
cook up dishes with great care without altering food. These pans are thick and
have non-hazardous coatings allowing you to cook without using fat nor oil.
De Buyer will even recycle them.
- 37 -
Cast aluminium INDUCTION
CHOC EXTREME
- 40 -
Forged aluminium INDUCTION
CHOC BBOIS & CHOC INTENSE
-44 -
Aluminium CHOC RESTO INDUCTION
- 47 -
Aluminium CHOC
- 51 -
Aluminium CHOC ACCESS
CAST
D’ALUMINIUM FORGED ALUMINIUM ALUMINIUM
Collection
Thickness 7 mm 4 mm 4 to 5 mm 3,3 to 5 mm 3 to 4 mm
Cooking methods Reheating / Frying / Simmering
PFOA and PFOS

LONG LASTING ULTRA VERY
R A N G E
free non-stick EXTRA LONG RESISTANT
LASTING RESISTANCE RESISTANCE RESISTANT RESISTANT
coating resistance
Heat sources
Welded and brazed Forged honeycomb

Base of the utensil Forged aluminium induction disc Pressed aluminium
induction disc induction disc
é
French-style Cast stainless steel Steel strip and wood Stainless steel strip bakelite removable Steel strip handle
curved handle handle handle handle
handle
N O N - S T I C K
Fixing of the handle Riveted + Riveted
or base heat-stop
é
Use in the oven Max 250°C Flash heat : Max 250°C Flash heat :
(except grill) 10 min at 200°C (except grill) 10 min at 200°C
Dishwasher cleaning Occasional to avoid affecting the non-stick properties
Diameter (cm) 18 to 36 20 to 36 20 to 36 20 to 32 12 to 40 20 to 40
PCB (packaging unit) 1 1 1 1 3 3 3

NON-STICK CHOC EXTREME
CHOC EXTREME
Cookware made of real pressure cast aluminium
Improved higher quality non-stick coating
ULTRA REINFORCED - Guaranteed without PFOA or PFOS
EXTREME HARD = longer lifetime
Undistortable thick magnetic bottom
All heat sources including induction
For simmering, reheating and cooking delicate dishes
Round non-stick frypan CHOC EXTREME with riveted cast st/steel handle
8300.20 20 40 4,5 3 14 0,8
8300.24 24 46,5 4,5 3 16 1,16
8300.28 28 54 4,5 3 18,5 1,45
8300.32 with 2 handles 32 63 4,5 3 22 2,27
CHOC EXTREME is made from pressure cast aluminium and is

covered with the highest quality non-stick coating which is
consolidated by a PTFE projection. It stands up excellently to
deformation, knocks, and sudden changes in temperature. This
frying pan is ideal for providing regular cooking conditions as its
very thick base cuts out sudden, unwelcome reactions when too
much heat is applied. The ergonomic cast st/steel handle is firmly
riveted.
Page 37
Round nonstick frypan CHOC EXTREME with tubular stainless steel handle
8310.20 20 4,2 3 12,5 0,8
8310.24 24 4,2 3 16 1,2
8310.28 28 4,6 3 18,5 1,8
8310.32 32 4,6 3 22 2
8310.36 with 2 handles 36 4,6 3 23 2,5
CHOC EXTREME is made from pressure cast aluminium and is frying pan is ideal for providing regular cooking conditions as its
covered with the highest quality non-stick coating which is very thick base cuts out sudden, unwelcome reactions when too
consolidated by a PTFE projection. It stands up excellently to much heat is applied. The ergonomic st/steel handle is firmly
deformation, knocks, and sudden changes in temperature. This riveted.
Round non-stick saucepan CHOC EXTREME with riveted cast stainless steel handle
8309.00 18 9 1 12 1
While stocks last
Non-stick sauté-pan with riveted cast st/steel handle

Code Designation Øcm Lcm Hcm Liters. Th.mm Bottom ø cm Kg
8304.20 20 6,2 1,5 3 12 0,95
8304.24 24 47,2 6 2,5 3 16 1,45
8304.28 28 53,5 6 3,5 3 19,5 1,71
Non-stick coating on a hard stainless backing, abrasion and scrape

resistant. This sauté pan is ideal for simmering food. Ergonomic
functional cast stainless steel handle firmly riveted. All hotplates
including INDUCTION

3429.16 16 0,29
3429.20 20 0,41
3429.24 24 0,58
3429.28 28 0,74
3429.32 32 1,1
3429.36 36 1,2
These glass lids with stainless steel

button fit the CHOC EXTREME
range of pans and sauté pans.
Suitable for oven cooking.
Mould for upside down pie "Tatin", non-stick cast aluminium CHOC EXTREME
Induction
Code Designation Øcm Hcm Bottom ø cm Kg
8320.24 4/6 p. 24 5 16 0,82
8320.28 6/8 p. 28 5,5 18,5 1,2
This mould proves ideal for Tatin aluminium is ideal for providing
tarts, since it allows you to form a regular cooking conditions and
caramel layer directly in the mould and the thick bottom stands up
while it's on the heat. Once the excellently to deformation.
caramel is formed in the mould,
just add the apple slices, cover
with pastry, and place the mould
in the oven. Pressure cast
Page 38
Stewpan, 2 handles, with glass lid - CHOC EXTREME
8311.20 20 27 8,5 2,8 3 14,5 1,37
8311.24 24 33,5 9,5 4,7 4 16,5 1,76
8311.28 28 37 10 7 4 18,5 2,45
Suits with its lid for oven cooking.
Wok CHOC EXTREME, with 2 handles

8317.00 Wok 32 11 3 18 1,62
3329.10 Grid for wok ø 32 cm 34,5 0,14
The glass lid 3429.32 suits on the wok.
Sauté-pan, 2 handles, without glass lid - CHOC EXTREME

8313.20 Sauté-pan without lid ø 20 cm 20 27 6 3 12,5 0,96
8313.24 Sauté-pan without lid ø 24 cm 24 31 6 4 15,5 1,28
8313.28 Sauté-pan without lid ø 28 cm 28 35 6,5 4 19,5 1,74
8313.32 Sauté-pan without lid ø 32 cm 32 40,5 7,5 4 22 2,16
8313.36 Sauté-pan without lid ø 36 cm 36 8,5 4 23 2,75
The two-handed sauté dish allows quick browning of food. It has

the same uses as a one-handed sauté pan but turns out to be
more practical to handle and takes up less space when stored away
or when on the burner.
Box of 10 neoprene pairs of handle gloves for thermic protection

4636.10 Small size 7 cm 24 14,5 6 0,36

4636.20 Large size 11 cm for 24 14,5 6 0,44
for ø36 cm
Fits to the handles of stewpan, sauté-pan etc. to handle without

any risk of burning
Page 39
NON-STICK CHOC B BOIS
NONSTICK PAN CHOC B BOIS - FORGED ALUMINIUM
The forging process, undertaken during manufacturing, makes the aluminum harder and more
durable.
Riveted handle made of steel and beechwood.
The high-end PTFE coating preserves its non-stick properties for longer
(50% longer lifetime) allowing to cook healthier dishes using less fat.
PFOS and PFOA free.
Suitable for all hotplates including INDUCTION - Possible oven cooking 10 minutes / 200°C
Made in France
Round nonstick frypan Choc B BOIS

Code Designation Øcm Lcm Hcm Th.mm ø bottom cm Kg
8780.20 20 36,7 3,2 4 14 0,81
8780.24 24 44 3,7 4 16,6 1,06
8780.28 28 50 4 4 18 1,34
8780.32 32 57 4,5 4 20 1,73
Strip steel handle with beech wood treated with beeswax for the
nonstick pan CHOC B BOIS. Nonstick coating on the whole pan, on
inner and outer sides.
Optimum resistance to abrasion + better non-stick and slip
qualities.
Suitable for all heat sources including induction. Possible oven
cooking 10 minutes / 200°C.
Nonstick pans are ideal for simmering, reheating cooking and
cooking delicate dishes.
Page 40
NON-STICK CHOC B BOIS
Rounded sauté-pan CHOC B BOIS
Code Designation Øcm Th.mm ø bottom cm Kg

8788.24 24 4 16,6 1,28
8788.28 28 4 22 1,55
Glass lid with beechwood knob

4111.20 20 7,5 0,4
4111.24 24 7,5 0,53
4111.28 28 7,5 0,7
4111.32 32 7,5 1
Fits on all the pans of the CHOC B BOIS range.
Round crepe pan CHOC B BOIS

8785.26 26 4 18 0,87
8785.30 30 4 22 1,19
Page 41
NON-STICK CHOC INTENSE
NONSTICK PAN CHOC INTENSE
FO RGED ALUMINIUM
Riveted stainless steel handle - Gloss finish.
The forging process, undertaken during manufacturing, makes the aluminum harder and
more durable
A next generation ultra-thick reinforced non-stick coating guarantees unparalleled
effectiveness and high resistance to abrasion
The high-end PTFE coating preserves its non-stick properties for longer time
(50% longer lifetime) allowing to cook healthier dishes using less fat.
PFOS and PFOA free.
Suitable for all hotplates including INDUCTION - Possible oven cooking. Easy to clean.
Made in France
Round nonstick frypan CHOC INTENSE, stainless steel handle

8760.20 20 4 14 0,65
8760.24 24 4 16,6 0,9
8760.28 28 4 20,6 1,19
8760.32 32 4 22 1,44

3429.20 20 0,41
3429.24 24 0,58
3429.28 28 0,74
3429.32 32 1,1
These glass lids with stainless steel button fit the CHOC INTENSE
range of pans. Suitable for oven cooking.
Page 42
NON-STICK CHOC INTENSE
Rounded sauté-pan CHOC INTENSE

8768.24 24 4 16,6 1,18
8768.28 28 4 22 1,45
Round crepe pan CHOC INTENSE

8765.26 26 4 18 0,84
8765.30 30 4 22 1,11
CHOC INTENSE nonstick pan with removable handle is also available

See page 76
DISPLAY PODIUM CHOC Retail ref 10.8300

for the promotion of the nonstick ranges
CHOC EXTREME / CHOC B BOIS / CHOC INTENSE
Dimensions 30,5 x 29,5 x ht 47 cm
Suitable for ø 24 cm
Page 43
NON-STICK CHOC RESTO INDUCTION
PROFESSIONAL PANS
MADE OF NON-STICK ULTRA THICK ALUMINIUM
FORGED INDUCTION BOTTOM
HONEYCOMBED & EMBEDDED
= perfect heat distribution and optimal fit
Improved PTFE 5-LAYER coating - no PFOA, no PFOS

for a better resistance to abrasion and to heat
Optimum non-stick and slip qualities
Riveted steel handle: possible oven cooking 10 minutes / 200°C
Round nonstick frypan CHOC Resto Induction made of thick aluminium

8480.20 20 36,7 3 5 12 0,78
8480.24 24 43,5 3,5 5 14 1,03
8480.28 28 50 3,8 5 18 1,31
8480.32 32 55,6 4,5 5 20 1,7
8480.36 36 66 4,7 5 24 2,45
The professional non-stick aluminium frypan CHOC RESTO

INDUCTION is covered with a high-quality improved PTFE coating .
Therefore, it is resistant to abrasion and to heat. The strip handle is
firmly riveted and covered with a heat-resistant epoxy. All
hotplates.
Page 44
Non-stick aluminium frypan CHOC Resto Induction with red handle - HACCP
Red handle for red meat
8450.20 20 36,7 3 5 12 0,78
8450.24 24 43,5 3,5 5 14 1,03
8450.28 28 50 3,8 5 18 1,31
8450.32 32 55,6 4,5 5 20 1,7
The traditional non-stick frypan CHOC made of thick aluminium is
equipped with a heat resistant coloured cast strip handle. Practical
and hygienic, this new system avoids cross contamination
(transfer of bacteria from one food to another). You simply cook
different foods in different frypans. It is helpful in professional
kitchens that must observe strong hygiene regulations.
Non-stick aluminium frypan Choc Recto Induction with green handle -HACCP
Green handle for vegetables
8460.20 20 36,7 3 5 12 0,78
8460.24 24 43,5 3,5 5 14 1,03
8460.28 28 50 3,8 5 18 1,31
8460.32 32 55,6 4,5 5 20 1,7
Non-stick aluminium frypan CHOC Resto Induction with yellow handle -HACCP
Yellow handle for white meat
8470.20 20 36,7 3 5 12 0,78
8470.24 24 43,5 3,5 5 14 1,03
8470.28 28 50 3,8 5 18 1,31
8470.32 32 55,6 4,7 5 20 1,7
Non-stick aluminium frypan CHOC Resto Induction with blue handle -HACCP
Code Designation Øcm Lcm Hcm Th.mm øbottom cm Kg
Blue handle for fish
8440.20 20 36,7 3 5 12 0,78
8440.24 24 43,5 3,5 5 14 1,03
8440.28 28 50 3,8 5 18 1,31
8440.32 32 55,6 4,5 5 20 1,7
Pancake non-stick pan CHOC Resto Induction

8485.26 26 4 18 0,8
8485.30 30 4 22 1
Page 45
Fish oval non-stick frypan CHOC Resto Induction
8481.36 36 26 4,3 5 18 1,7
This non-stick frying pan is ideal for cooking delicate dishes such
as fish. The oval shape of this frying pan enables whole fish to be
cooked. Firmly riveted steel handle.
Fish oval non-stick frypan CHOC Resto Induction
8481.01 Frypan without lid 36 26 4,3 5 18 1,75

8481.00 Frypan with lid 36 26 4,3 5 18 2,6
This non-stick frying pan is ideal for cooking delicate dishes such as fish. The oval shape of
this frying pan enables whole fish to be cooked. Firmly riveted steel handle.
Page 46
NON-STICK CHOC
PRO FESSIONAL PANS MADE OF THICK ALUMINIUM
NON STICK : high-quality 5-lay er PTFE coating
guaranteed without PFOA Improved resistance to abrasion
Grooved bottom for better heat spreading and cooking
Firmly riveted strip steel handle
All heat sources except induction.
Oven cooking : 200°C during 10 minutes
Round frypan CHOC

8180.20 20 36,7 3 4 0,61 3
8180.24 24 43,5 3,5 4 0,83 3
8180.26 26 48 3,7 4 0,95 3
8180.28 28 50 3,8 4 1,03 3
8180.30 30 54 4,5 4 1,21 3
8180.32 32 55,6 4,5 4 1,31 3
8180.36 36 66 4,7 5 2,03 3
8180.40 40 70 5,3 5 2,36 3
The non-stick frying pan is ideal for re-warming, for readying pre-
cooked dishes for serving, and for cooking delicate dishes. This
"lyonnaise" profile frying pan has a high flared and curved skirt.
This very distinctive shape, with no sharp angles, enables the food
to slide easily from the frying pan onto a plate or dish. The strip
steel handle is firmly riveted.
Fish frypans CHOC

Code Designation Lcm Wcm Hcm Th.mm Kg PU
8181.36 Oval fish frypan 36 26 4,3 5 1,61 3
8181.40 Oval fish frypan 40 28 4,5 5 1,95 3
8184.38 Rectangular frypan 38 26 4,2 5 1,87 3
Oval and oblong frying pans are the ideal shape for cooking whole
fish. The non-stick frying pan is ideal for cooking delicate dishes,
such as fish. The strip steel handle is firmly riveted.
Paella pan CHOC

8183.36 2 handles 36 47 4,7 5 1,84
8183.40 2 handles 40 51 5,2 5 2,16
This paella dish has many possible uses: it goes on the hotplate
but also in the oven if size allows, and in certain establishments on
the table too. This dish has a relatively high skirt and makes it easy
to prepare paella or other dishes.
Page 47
NON-STICK CHOC
Blinis pan CHOC

8140.12 12 24,2 1,5 3,3 0,2 10
8140.14 14 26 1,7 4 0,24 10
These frying pans allow you to make the well fritters and pancakes.
known Russian specialty, blinis as well as The strip steel handle is riveted.
Pancake pan CHOC

8185.22 22 42 1,5 3,3 0,6 10
8185.26 26 45 1,5 3,3 0,7 10
8185.30 30 54 1,5 3,3 0,8 5
The non-stick crepe pan has a low skirt and optimum slip qualities,
allowing crepes to be easily turned and to slide onto a plate
without any problem. Firmly riveted strip steel handle.
Non-stick conical sauté-pan CHOC

8188.20 20 35,8 6,5 4 0,9
8188.24 24 43 6,5 4 1,2
8188.28 28 49,5 7,1 4 1,27
8188.32 32 55,6 7,8 5 1,97
The curved sauté pan is ideal for boiling down foods as its small
base enables rapid heating and its large rim diameter allows a high
degree of evaporation while stirring the contents. Pouring rim and
rounded angles.
Non-stick wok CHOC with handle - ø 32 cm

8187.32 32 62,5 9 3,5 4 1,3
It is the necessary utensil for an healthy and fast cooking. Its form
will ensure a good heat allocation but overall it will ensure the
food's original qualities conservation .
Roasting pan, 2 handles - Thick aluminium

7664.30 Total length : 36 cm 30 30 6,5 4 1,9
7664.35 Total length : 41 cm 35 25 6,5 4 1,81
7664.40 Total length : 46 cm 40 32 8 4 2,6
7664.50 Total length : 56 cm 50 40 8 4 6,61
Useful for cooking, browning meat or serving.
Page 48
NON-STICK Non-stick aluminium CHOC 5 - HACCP collection
NON STICK PRO FESSIONAL CHOC FRYPAN
THICK GAUGE ALUMINIUM
Multi-coated PTFE cov ering
Riv eted extra-strong handle with coloured epoxy
coating :
Food safety
Keeps each food taste separate
Riveted steel handle: possible oven cooking 10 minutes / 200°C
Round non-stick aluminium frypan CHOC with red handle

Red handle for red meat
8050.20 20 3 4 0,6 3
8050.24 24 3,5 4 0,9 3
8050.28 28 4 4 1,1 3
8050.32 32 4,5 4 1,6 3
The traditional non-stick frypan CHOC made of thick aluminium is different foods in different frypans. It is helpful in professional
equipped with a heat resistant coloured cast strip handle. Practical kitchens that must observe strong hygiene regulations.
Round non-stick aluminium frypan CHOC with yellow handle

Yellow handle for white meat
8070.20 20 3 4 0,6 3
8070.24 24 3,5 4 0,9 3
8070.28 28 4 4 1,1 3
8070.32 32 4,5 4 1,6 3
Round non-stick aluminium frypan CHOC with blue handle

Blue handle for fish
8040.20 20 3 4 0,6 3
8040.24 24 3,5 4 0,9 3
8040.28 28 4 4 1,1 3
8040.32 32 4,5 4 1,6 3
Round non-stick aluminium frypan CHOC with green handle

Green handle for vegetables
8060.20 20 3 4 0,6 3
8060.24 24 3,5 4 0,9 3
8060.28 28 4 4 1,1 3
8060.32 32 4,5 4 1,6 3
Page 49
NON-STICK CHOC ACCESS
ALUMINIUM NON-STICK FRYPAN
SEMI-PROFESSIONAL
High quality PTFE non-stick coating
All heat sources except induction
Riveted steel handle:
Round frypan CHOC Access

8030.20 20 37 3 3 0,47 3
8030.24 24 43,3 3,5 3,3 0,73 3
8030.28 28 49,5 4 3,3 0,93 3
8030.32 32 55,5 4,5 3,3 1,17 3
8030.36 36 65 4,5 4 1,66 3
8030.40 40 70 5,2 4 2,05 3
The non-stick CHOC Access frying pan enables rapid heating; it has
a quality CHOC PTFE coating, thus ensuring optimum non-stick
and slip qualities. It benefits from all the advantages of the
"lyonnaise" profile. Its handle is firmly riveted.
Spatula for non-stick frypans

Code Designation Lcm Wcm Kg PU
4813.01N 28 6,5 0,03 5
This flexible nylon spatula has rounded edges and is damaging their non-stick coating. Heat resistant.
recommended for use with CHOC cooking utensils as it avoids

4636.00 20,5 13 5,5 0,26
Page 51
S TA I N L E S S S T E E L :
A CLASSIC
Our stainless-steel products are must-have utensils for any kitchen.
cookware
st/steel
Its safe and durable stainless steel makes it easy to maintain. It’s “pure gold”.
The AFFINITY multi-layer range is worth a special mention: the products
heat up quickly and distribute heat beautifully.
- 56 -
Multilayer stainless steel material 5 layers
AFFINITY
-61 -
Multilayer stainless steel material 3 layers
ALCHIMY
- 65 -
Stainless steel with sandwich bottom
MILADY
- 67 -
PRIM’APPETY
MULTI-LAYERS SANDWICH BASES
5-ply 3-ply
Collection
Thickness 2,3 to 2,7 mm 2,3 to 2,7 mm 0,6 to 0,8 mm 0,8 to 1 mm
Cooking methods Browning / Blanching / Frying
R A N G E
Finish Shiny polish Brushed polish Shiny polish Brushed polish
Heat sources
Thick sandwich base Sandwich base diffuser

Base of the utensil Multi-layer Multi-layer
S T E E L
(7 mm) (4 to 7 mm)
é
French-style curved Sealed stainless steel Bakelite removable
handle Cast stainless steel handle Cast stainless steel handle Stainless steel tubing
tubing handle handle handle
Fixing of the handle Riveted Spot welded
or base
Heat stop
Use in the oven
S T A I N L E S S
Dishwasher cleaning
Pouring edge
Diameter (cm) 9 to 32 14 to 32 14 to 28 12 to 50
PCB (packaging unit) 1 1 1 1 1

ST/STEEL COOKWARE AFFINITY
COOKWARE AFFINITY
Innovative heat conductor multilayer stainless steel alloy - 5 layers:
HOMOGENEOUS COOKING
PERFECT HEAT DISTRIBUTION IN THE PAN
SAVING VITAMINES AND ENERGY QUICK HEAT INCREASE
Gloss finish
Riveted handles made of cast stainless steel.
One-piece construction - Do not distort.
Thickness from 2,3 to 2,7 m
Suitable for all heat sources and oven cooking.
Made in France
Davy Tissot
winner of the Bocuse
d'Or France 2019,
French candidate for
the Bocuse d'Or 2021
Saucepan Affinity
WITHOUT LID
3706.14 14 7 1,2 2,3 12 0,73
3706.16 16 8 1,8 2,3 13 0,95
3706.18 18 9 2,5 2,3 15,6 1,12
3706.20 20 10 3,4 2,3 17 1,38
3706.24 24 13 5,8 2,3 20,5 2,4
3706.01 Set of 3 saucepans ø16/18/20 cm 2,3 3,5
WITH LID
3746.16 16 8 1,8 2,3 13 0,91
3746.18 18 9 2,5 2,3 15,6 1,32
3746.20 20 10 3,4 2,3 17 1,38
Innovative heat conductor multilayer stainless steel alloy : Suitable for all heat sources and oven cooking.
- QUICK HEAT INCREASE One-piece construction - Do not distort.
- SAVING VITAMINES AND ENERGY Riveted handles made of cast stainless steel.
- PERFECT HEAT DISTRIBUTION IN THE PAN
- HOMOGENEOUS COOKING
Straight sauté-pan Affinity

3730.16 16 6 1 2,3 0,85
3730.20 20 6,5 1,7 2,3 17 1,16
3730.24 24 7 3 2,7 20,5 1,54
3730.28 28 7,5 4,6 2,7 2
This straight-rimmed sauté-pan is perfect for quickly browning

food. Its shape assures that the humidity produced will evaporate
quickly and that the juices will caramelize thoroughly.
Page 56
Rounded sauté-pan Affinity

3736.20 20 6,5 1,7 2,3 13 0,92
3736.24 24 7 3 2,3 17 1,34
This is the essential tool for boiling and reducing sauces. A base
that is small in diameter for prompt heating and a wide rim for
proper evaporation of the humidity produced. Thanks to this
vessel, you will be able to prepare unsurpassable sauces.
Non-stick frypan Affinity Stainless steel frypan Affinity
Code Designation Øcm Lcm Hcm Th.mm Bottom ø cm Kg Code Designation Øcm Hcm Th.mm Bottom ø cm Kg
3718.20 20 35,3 3 2,7 14 0,71 3724.20 20 4 2,7 14 0,69
3718.24 24 42 3,5 2,7 17 1,1 3724.24 24 4 2,7 17 1,1
3718.28 28 48 4 2,7 20 1,35 3724.28 28 4,5 2,7 20 1,34
3718.32 32 55,4 4,5 2,7 23 1,72 3724.32 32 5 2,7 23 1,71
This non-stick frying pan is ieal and allows This totally stainless steel Affinity frying pan used to construct this frying pan qualifies it
delicate dishes like fish to be prepared with is ideal for quickly frying and grilling meat, as a strong ally in the quest to caramelize
perfection. It is covered with PTFE and has a thanks to its ability to rapidly increase in your meat.
solid bottom that resists abrasion. temperature. The quality of stainless steel
Wok Affinity with 2 cast st/steel riveted handles

3743.32 ø bottom 10 cm 32 12 4 2,7 9,5 1,9
3329.10 Grid for wok ø 32 cm 34,5 0,14
Glass lid suitable for wok Affinity :
Glass lid with stainless steel handle
3429.32 32 1,1
Glass lid with bakelite handle
4112.32 32 7,5 1,1
For all hotplates including induction hobs
Page 57
Mini sauté-pan Affinity

While stocks last
3740.10 10 17 3,8 2,2 8 0,29
The material from which these mini-stewpan are made allows them these mini-stewpans will contribute to the modern and elegant
to be used on all heat sources. Adapted to today's standards, presentation of your dishes. Being made of all stainless steel, they
are extremely easy to maintain and can conveniently be kept hot
Sauté-pan with lid Affinity Rounded sauté pan Affinity with st/steel handles and lid
Code Designation Øcm Hcm Liters. Th.mm Bottom ø cm Kg Code Designation Øcm Hcm Liters. Bottom ø cm Kg
3741.20 20 6,3 1,7 2,3 1,15 3745.28 28 10 4,9 20,5 2,45
3741.24 24 7 3 2,7 20,5 1,98
3741.28 28 7,5 4,6 2,7 2
This vessel has the same qualities as the place in your kitchen.
straight-rimmed sauté-pan, but its two
handles make it even easier to use and
equally less cumbersome. It will easily find its
Stewpan with lid Affinity

3742.16 16 9 1,8 2,3 13 1,01
3742.20 20 11 3,4 2,3 17 1,7
3742.24 24 13 5,4 2,3 20,5 2,33
3742.28 28 15 10,4 2,7 24 3,64
Contrary to other kitchenware, this stewpan conserves humidity
thanks to its high sides. Therefore, it is suitable for heating large
quantities of water, simmering, etc. The Affinity material guarantees
a rapid increase in temperature and therefore saves you a
significant amount of time.
Page 58
Stainless steel steamcooker
3675.24 24 0,66
Steaming is a quick operation with vegetables glisten, plunge them

this stainless steel steamer. Fits to into cold water once they are
the pan of the stainless steel and cooked.
copper cookware. Equipped with
an handle to remove it easily.
Tip from the chef: to make your
Oval stewpan Affinity with lid

Code Designation Lcm Wcm Hcm Liters. Th.mm Kg
3726.30 30 22 13 6,5 2,3 3,6
Oval stainless steel fish frypan Affinity, L. 32 cm

3719.32 Nonstick st/steel 32 23 4,8 2,7 23 1,36
Stainless steel lid

3709.14N 14 1 0,24
3709.16N 16 1 0,28
3709.18N 18 1 0,33
3709.20N 20 1 0,39
3709.24N 24 1 0,51
3709.28 28 1 0,65
This Affinity lid is made to fit all kitchenware in this range, except

round frypans.
Page 59
Roasting-pan Affinity with 2 riveted cast st/steel handles

3727.35 41 27,5 8 2,3 2,3
Multilayer material : st/steel Aluminium St/steel Brushed st/steel finish

Suitable also for domestic oven.
FRENCH COLLECTION
Multilayer stainless steel AFFINITY
Riveted cast stainless steel handles FRENCH COLLECTION
inspired by Parisian monuments
FO R O RIGINAL BUFFET PRESENTATION
O R SERVICE ON TABLE
FRENCH COLLECTION AFFINITY

SAUCEPAN
While stocks last
3751.14 14 7,5 1,2 2,3 12 0,8
3751.16 16 8 1,8 2,3 13 0,95
3751.20 20 10 3,4 2,3 17 1,38
CONICAL SAUTE-PAN
While stocks last
3753.24 24 8 3 2,3 17 1,34
The French Collection – Celebrated landmarks bring memories to

life every time you use your cookware ‘made in France’ The handles
are inspired by Parisian monuments and bring design along with
ergonomy.
As a guarantee of strength, the riveting technique of the cast
st/steel handles of the de Buyer French Collection is the same as
the assembly of metal parts in the famous French « Iron Lady ».
FRENCH COLLECTION AFFINITY - lid

LID
While stocks last
3754.14 14 1 0,25
3754.16 16 1 0,27
3754.18 18 1 0,32
3754.20 20 1 0,38
The French Collection – Celebrated landmarks bring memories to
life every time you use your cookware ‘made in France’ The handles
are inspired by Parisian monuments and bring design along with
ergonomy.
Page 60
ST/STEEL COOKWARE ALCHIMY
COOKWARE ALCHIMY
Thick multi-layer stainless steel cookware - 3 layers
Durable, robust, professional-quality product
Conducting material: responsive and economical on all heat sources
Controlled cooking
Energy savings
Even cooking
Firm, reassuring feel
Hard-wearing, non-deformable stainless steel handles
French-style closed, watertight stainless steel tube handle
Handles solidly attached with rivets
Easy to use
Pouring edge and inside graduations
All heat sources + INDUCTION and oven
Brush polished
Made in France
Saucepan Alchimy
Code Designation Øcm Liters. Th.mm

3601.14 14 1 2,3
3601.16 16 1,5 2,3
3601.18 18 2 2,3
3601.20 20 2,5 2,3
3601.24 24 5 2,3
Page 61
Straight sauté-pan Alchimy

Code Designation Øcm Th.mm Bottom ø cm
3602.24 24 2,7 3
3602.28 28 2,7 4,5
This straight-rimmed sauté-pan is perfect for quickly browning

food. Its shape assures that the humidity produced will evaporate
quickly and that the juices will caramelize thoroughly.
Rounded sauté-pan with handle Alchimy

Code Designation Øcm Th.mm Perso
3603.16 16 2,3 0,5
3603.24 24 2,3 2,5
This is the essential tool for boiling and reducing sauces. A base
that is small in diameter for prompt heating and a wide rim for
proper evaporation of the humidity produced. Thanks to this
vessel, you will be able to prepare unsurpassable sauces.
Stainless steel frypan Alchimy
Code Designation Øcm Th.mm

3604.20 20 2,7
3604.24 24 2,7
3604.28 28 2,7
3604.32 32 2,7
This stainless steel frying pan is ideal for quickly frying and this frying pan qualifies it as a strong ally in the quest to
grilling meat, thanks to its ability to rapidly increase in caramelize your meat.
temperature. The quality of stainless steel used to construct
Page 62
Stewpan without lid Alchimy

Code Designation Øcm Liters.
3605.16 16 1,5
3605.20 20 2,5
3605.24 24 5
3605.28 28 7
Contrary to other kitchenware, this stewpan conserves humidity

thanks to its high sides. Therefore, it is suitable for heating large
quantities of water, simmering, etc.

3675.24 24 0,66
Steaming is a quick operation with this stainless steel steamer. Fits

to the pan of the stainless steel and copper cookware. Equipped
with an handle to remove it easily.
Tip from the chef: to make your vegetables glisten, plunge them
into cold water once they are cooked.
Page 63
Wok Alchimy
Code Designation Øcm Lcm Liters. Th.mm Bottom ø cm Kg
3608.32 32 4,5 2,7 16,5
3329.10 Grid for wok ø 32 cm 34,5 0,14
For all hotplates including induction hobs

3429.14 14 0,24
3429.16 16 0,29
3429.18 18 0,35
3429.20 20 0,41
3429.24 24 0,58
3429.28 28 0,74
3429.32 32 1,1
These glass lids with stainless steel button fit the range .
Stainless steel lid

3509.14 14 0,13
3509.16 16 0,16
3509.18 18 0,18
3509.20 20 0,21
3509.24 24 0,3
3509.28 28 0,43
3509.32 32 0,66
Suitable for all range products
Page 64
ST/STEEL COOKWARE MILADY
STAINLESS STEEL COO KWARE MILADY
PRO QUALITY
Ergonomic riveted handle made of cast stainless steel
= good hand grip without tireness
Large thick magnetic bottom
All heat sources + induction
Perfect heat spreading on the whole bottom
Gloss polished
Stainless steel stewpan MILADY with glass lid

3427.20 Stewpan with glass lid 20 10 3 0,8 17,8 1,7
3427.24 Stewpan with glass lid 24 12 5,4 0,8 19,5 2,19
3427.28 Stewpan with glass lid 28 14 8 0,8 25 2,86
The range MILADY is extending with this elegant stainless steel

stewpan. It is equipped with 2 large ergonomic st/steel handles
and a glass lid.

3675.24 24 0,66
Steaming is a quick operation with this stainless steel steamer. Fits

to the pan of the stainless steel and copper cookware. Equipped
with an handle to remove it easily.
Tip from the chef: to make your vegetables glisten, plunge them
into cold water once they are cooked.
Page 65
ST/STEEL COOKWARE MILADY
Stainless steel frypan MILADY with riveted cast st/steel handle
3412.24 24 4,8 1,2 0,8 17,5 1,24
3412.28 28 5,3 1,8 0,8 21 1,64
Stainless steel saucepan MILADY with riveted cast st/steel handle

3410.14 14 7 1,2 0,8 12 0,64
3410.16 16 8 1,6 0,8 14 0,7
3410.18 18 9 2,2 0,8 15,8 0,89
3410.20 20 10 3 0,8 17,8 1,1
3410.03 Set of 3 saucepans ø 16-18-20 cm 3,15
3410.04 Set of 4 saucepans ø 14-16-18-20 cm 0,8 3,83
Discover the 'Milady de Buyer', a new pro quality stainless frypans of the range are equipped with a magnetic bottom
steel cookware which is assembled with a new cast st/steel which allows a perfect heat spreading on all heat sources.
riveted handle. Designed by de Buyer, this handle brings
design along with ergonomy and solidity. Saucepans and
Stainless steel sauté-pan MILADY with riveted cast st/steel handle

3411.24 24 8 3 0,8 17,7 1,1

3429.14 14 0,24
3429.16 16 0,29
3429.18 18 0,35
3429.20 20 0,41
3429.24 24 0,58
3429.28 28 0,74
These glass lids with stainless steel button fit the MILADY

range of pans and sauté pans (not for round frypans).
Page 66
ST/STEEL COOKWARE PRIM'APPETY
STAINLESS STEEL COOKWARE PRIM'APPETY

PROFESSIONAL Stainless steel - Satin polished
Magnetic sandwich bottom - For all heat sources + INDUCTION
Welded handles - Easy cleaning - Dishwasher safe
Saucepan Prim'Appety
3501.12 12 6 0,7 0,8 0,44
3501.14 14 7 1 0,8 0,6
3501.16 16 7,5 1,6 0,8 0,7
3501.18 18 9 2,2 0,8 0,9
3501.20 20 9 3 0,8 1,07
3501.24 24 11 5,4 0,8 1,55
3501.28 with 2 handles 28 13 8 0,8 2,4
Totally stainless steel. Sandwich bottom. Pouring lips. All heat

sources including induction. Easy to clean. Satin poilshed. Welded
handles.
Round stainless steel frypan Prim'Appety

Code Designation Øcm Hcm Th.mm Kg
3504.20 20 5 0,6 1,12
3504.24 24 5 0,6 1,35
3504.28 28 5 0,8 1,45
3504.32 With 2 handles 32 6,5 0,8 2,5
Page 67
Rounded sauté-pan Prim'Appety Sauté-pan Prim'Appety , st. steel handle
Code Designation Øcm Hcm Th.mm Kg Code Designation Øcm Hcm Th.mm Kg
3503.16 16 6 0,8 0,65 3502.20 20 6 0,8 1
3503.18 18 6,5 0,8 0,85 3502.24 24 6 0,8 1,2
3503.20 20 7 0,8 1,1 3502.28 28 6 0,8 1,4
3503.24 24 8 0,8 1,3
3503.28 28 10 0,8 1,5
Stewpan without lid Prim'Appety

3505.20 20 10 3,1 0,8 1,16
3505.24 24 12 5,4 0,8 1,66
3505.28 28 14 8,6 0,8 2,13
3505.32 32 16 13,5 0,8 3,2
3505.36 36 18 18,3 0,8 4
3505.40 40 20 25 1 5,7
3505.45 45 22,5 33 1 7,6
3505.50 50 25 43,4 1 8,9
Totally stainless steel.Thick sandwich bottom. Pouring lips.
Satin poilshed. Welded handles.
All heat sources including induction. Easy to clean.
Page 68
High stewpan Prim'Appety without lid
3506.20 20 13 4 0,8 1,26
3506.24 24 14,5 6,6 0,8 1,8
3506.28 28 18 11,1 0,8 2,3
3506.32 32 20 16,1 0,8 3,8
3506.36 36 22 22,4 0,8 4,5
3506.40 40 25 31,4 1 6
3506.50 50 30 58,9 1 9,2
Stockpot without lid Prim'Appety

3507.20 20 20 6,25 0,8 1,7
3507.24 24 24 11 0,8 2,1
3507.28 28 28 17 0,8 2,9
3507.32 32 32 25 0,8 4,4
3507.36 36 36 36 0,8 5,1
3507.40 40 40 45 1 6,4
3507.45 45 45 69 1 9
3507.50 50 50 100 1 11
Totally stainless steel. Sandwich bottom. Pouring lips. All heat

sources including induction. Easy to clean. Satin poilshed. Welded
handles.

3675.24 24 0,66
Steaming is a quick operation with this steamer. Suitable for

PRIM'APPETY stewpans. Tip from the chef: to make your vegetables
glisten, plunge them into cold water once they are cooked.
Lid Prim'Appety
3509.14 14 0,13
3509.16 16 0,16
3509.18 18 0,18
3509.20 20 0,21
3509.24 24 0,3
3509.28 28 0,43
3509.32 32 0,66
3509.36 36 0,8
3509.40 40 0,96
3509.45 45 1,12
3509.50 50 1,8
Suitable for all range products
Page 69
ST/STEEL COOKWARE Cooking utensils
Stainless steel rounded WOK - Special induction hob Stainless steel stand for hemispherical wok
Code Designation Øcm Lcm Hcm Th.mm Kg Code Designation Øcm Hcm Th.mm Kg
3122.36 Flat rim 36 63,5 9,5 1,5 1,3 3122.00 24 3,65 1 0,25
Inner pan: polished
Outer pa : gloss polished
Typical Asian rounded form adapted to the and light. The cold ergonomic riveted handle Suitable for rounded woks 3122.90 and
wok induction cooker. Enables to seal and made of stainless steel allows optimum grip 5114.35. Enables to use these woks on
cook food with little fat for a dietetic and without tiredness. standard flat induction hotplates. Thanks of
natural Asian cuisine. Opimized weight of the the special form with its handle support, the
wok to cook effortless. Thanks to the wok is steady on the plate.
thickness of 15/10° the wok is both solid
"Induction" fish kettle

3449.62N "Standard", st. steel handles - L. 60 cm 60 16,5 9,5 0,8 1,92
The fish kettle remains the ideal utensil for cooking whole fish to
give a perfect appearance. The internal grid allows you to remove
the fish without its breaking. All hotplates, including induction.
Bain-marie without lid

3111.12 12 11,5 1,3 0,8 0,42
3111.14 14 14 2,1 0,8 0,51
3111.16 16 16 3,2 0,8 0,73
3111.18 18 18 4,6 0,8 0,86
3111.20 20 20 6,3 0,8 1
The bain-marie cooking pot is made from stainless steel. Its shape
means it can be placed inside a water container (pan), and it allows
milk, chocolate, sauces, etc., to be cooked using the bain-marie
process. The lid is sold separately
Food storage canister, without lid

3390.14 14 12 1,7 0,8 0,49
3390.16 16 13 2,5 0,8 0,59
3390.20 20 16,5 5 0,8 0,91
3390.24 24 20 8 0,8 1,28
3390.28 28 23 14 0,8 1,72
While stocks last
3390.32 32 27 22 0,8 2,28
While stocks last
This stainless steel canister with cupped handles allows food to be
stored in perfect safety. It can be used as a container for warming
food using the bain-marie process.
Page 70
ST/STEEL COOKWARE Cooking utensils
Bain-marie cooker
The bain-marie cooker consists of a hollow stainless Code Designation Øcm Hcm Liters. Th.mm Kg
steel shell in which water is heated.
It enables you to heat at lukewarm temperatures for 3437.16N With handle and double st. steel body 16 12,5 1,5 1 0,97
melting chocolate or keeping sauces warm.
It has a handle, which makes it easy to use.
Suitable on all heat sources incl. induction hobs.
CUISINE BOX PRO - Silicone box for steam cooking in oven
The De Buyer silicone “Cuisine Box” allows you to Code Designation Lcm Wcm Hcm Liters. Kg
steam your food quickly and healthily while
conserving their full flavour (vegetables, fish, white 1988.20 19 12 3,8 0,75 0,17
meat, fruit) for use in traditional and microwave While stocks last
ovens. Its innovative design optimises cooking and
makes it really easy to use.
-Secure locking system
- Safe and easy lifting thanks to the handles
- Spout to drain off cooking juices
- Excellent support thanks to springs
Page 71
cookware
R E M O VA B L E L I N E
Cook, simmer or seal,
Stainless steel, steel or nonstick
move from one line to another in a trice.
3 cookwares, 3 materials, 3 uses and
only one practical, comfortable and ergonomic handle.
Removable line
- 74 -
TWISTY
- 76 -
Nonstick
CHOC INTENSE
- 77 -
Steel MINERAL B
Removable line TWISTY, st/steel range with removalbe handle
STAINLESS STEEL COOKWARE TWISTY

Removabl e l i ne
Large thick magnetic bottom INDUCTION - All heat sources + induction
Perfect heat spreading on the whole bottom
Gloss polished - Pouring lips & Rounded edges
Perfect hygiene and easy cleaning
Removable "Soft Touch" handle

Code Designation Kg
8359.00 Black 0,12
8359.20 Green 0,12
8359.30 Orange 0,12
8359.40 Red 0,12
This handle is suitable for the 3 removable cookware ranges :
- Stainless steel TWISTY
- Nonstick aluminium CHOC INTENSE
- Steel MINERAL B
Stainless steel saucepan TWISTY without handle

3491.14 14 7 1,2 0,8 12 0,44
3491.16 16 8 1,6 0,8 14 0,53
3491.18 18 9 2,2 0,8 15,8 0,72
3491.20 20 10 3 0,8 17,8 0,85
3491.24 24 12 5,4 0,8 19,5 1,28
3491.28 Use only with both silicone handles 28 14 8 0,8 25 1,95
3491.03 Set of 3 saucepans ø 16-18-20 cm 0,8 2,49

without handles
supplied with an handle & 2 silicone handles - black

3675.24 24 0,66
Steaming is a quick operation with cooked.

this stainless steel steamer. Fits to
the pan of the stainless steel and
copper cookware. Equipped with
an handle to remove it easily.
Tip from the chef: to make your
vegetables glisten, plunge them
into cold water once they are
Page 74
Removable line TWISTY, st/steel range with removalbe handle
Stainless steel sauté-pan TWISTY Stainless steel frypan TWISTY, without handle
Code Designation Øcm Hcm Liters. Th.mm Bottom ø cm Kg Code Designation Øcm Hcm Liters. Th.mm Bottom ø cm Kg
3495.24 24 8 3 0,8 17,7 0,98 3493.24 24 4,8 1,2 0,8 17,5 0,88
3493.28 28 5,3 1,8 0,8 21 1,22
Glass lid
4112.14 14 6,3 0,24
4112.16 16 6,3 0,3
4112.18 18 6,3 0,35
4112.20 20 6,8 0,41
4112.24 24 7,5 0,58
4112.28 28 7,5 0,74
Possible oven cooking 200°C max.
Set of 2 black silicone handles

Code Designation Kg
8360.00 black 0,04
Page 75
Removable line
CHOC INTENSE Removable nonstick line - FORGED ALUMINIUM
NONSTICK COOKWARE
Removable Soft Touch comfortable and ergonomic handle
Made in France
Nonstick frypan CHOC INTENSE, without handle

8740.20 20 4 14 0,6
8740.24 24 4 16,6 0,8
8740.28 28 4 20,6 1,1
8740.32 32 4 22 1,3
Nonstick sauté pan CHOC INTENSE, without handle

8748.24 24 4 16,6 1
8748.28 28 4 22 1,3
Nonstick crêpe pan CHOC INTENSE, without handle

Code Designation Øcm Th.mm Perso Kg
8745.26 26 4 18 0,73
8745.30 30 4 22 1
Page 76
Removable line MINERAL B REMOVABLE LINE
MINERAL B STEEL COOKWARE - BEESWAX FINISH
REMOVABLE LINE
Removable Soft Touch comfortable and ergonomic handle
Removable "Soft Touch" handle

Code Designation Kg
8359.00 Black 0,12
8359.20 Green 0,12
8359.30 Orange 0,12
8359.40 Red 0,12
This handle is suitable for the 3

removable cookware ranges :
- Stainless steel TWISTY
- Nonstick aluminium CHOC
INTENSE
- Steel MINERAL B ELEMENT
Steel frypan MINERAL B, without handle Steel sauté pan MINERAL B, without handle
Code Designation Øcm Th.mm Bottom ø cm Kg Code Designation Øcm Hcm Liters. Th.mm Bottom ø cm Kg
5630.20 20 2,5 14 0,86 5634.24 24 7,8 2,5 2,5 16,5 1,72
5630.24 24 2,5 17,5 1,23
5630.28 28 3 21 1,93
Steel crepe pan MINERAL B, without handle

5635.26 26 1,3 2,5 22,5 1,24
Page 77
THE EXCELLENCE
OF COPPER
Copper is a leading material for kitchen use and loved by professionals and
keen amateurs as well. It conducts heat quickly and evenly and is perfect for
thickening sauces and cooking when particular care is required.
The utensil bodies are made of a colaminated material (90% copper; 10%
stainless steel). The copper is hand-polished using traditional methods - its
gentle, soothing aura making it the perfect companion for your table.
- 80 -
Copper stainless steel Induction
PRIMA MATERA
cast stainless steel handles
Copper
- 84 -
Copper stainless steel Induction
PRIMA MATERA
cast steel handles
- 86 -
Copper stainless steel INOCUIVRE
cast stainless steel handles
- 90 -
cast steel handles
- 92-
brass handles
COPPERMassive copper Induction PRIMA MATERA Induction PRIMA MATERA, cast stainless steel handle
INOCUIVRE INDUCTION
Copper outside 90% = excellent heat diffusion
Stainless steel inside 10% = matchless hygiene - ease of use
Ergonomic cast stainless steel riveted handles
Made in France
Saucepan with magnetic bottom INDUCTION

6206.14 14 7,3 1,2 2 12 1,06
6206.16 16 8,3 1,8 2 13,5 1,37
6206.18 18 9,3 2,5 2 15,5 1,66
6206.20 20 10,5 3,3 2 17 2,06
6206.24 24 12,4 6 2 22 2,75
This saucepan made of copper and stainless steel on the inside

enables to enjoy the exceptional degree of conductibility of copper
on all types of heat sources, including INDUCTION, thanks to its
magnetic bottom. The cast stainless steel ergonomic handle are
firmly riveted. The st/steel lid 3709 is suitable for the PRIMA
MATERA pans (except frypan).
Sauté pan with magnetic bottom INDUCTION

6230.16 16 5,5 1 2 13,5 1,13
6230.20 20 5,8 1,8 2 17,5 1,48
6230.24 24 6,6 3 2 22 2,06
The st/steel lid 3709 is suitable for the PRIMA MATERA pans
(except frypan).
Page 80
Frypan with magnetic bottom INDUCTION and stainless steel handle

6224.20 20 4 2 13,5 1,3
6224.24 24 4 2 16,5 1,41
6224.28 28 4 2 20 1,86
6224.32 32 5,5 2 23 2,38
Conical sauté pan with magnetic bottom INDUCTION

6236.20 20 7,2 1,7 2 13 1,32
6236.24 24 8,2 3,1 2 16,3 2,75
This flared sauté pan is ideal for boiling down cooking juices.
That's often one of the reasons it's the professionals' first choice.
(except frypan).
Stainless steel lid

3709.14N 14 1 0,24
3709.16N 16 1 0,28
3709.18N 18 1 0,33
3709.20N 20 1 0,39
3709.24N 24 1 0,51
3709.28 28 1 0,65
This lid is made to fit all kitchenware in this range, except round

frypans.
Page 81
Stockpot with magnetic bottom INDUCTION and st/steel lid

6244.20 20 18 5,7 2 22 3,1
This stockpot is a must for simmering family dishes and is the ideal
utensil for preparing bouillabaisse, Irish stew, couscous
ingredients, vegetable broth, etc.
High stewpan with magnetic bottom INDUCTION and st/steel lid

6243.24 24 16,5 7,5 2 22 3,6
Sauté pan and st/steel lid Rounded sauté pan with 2 st/steel handles
Code Designation Øcm Hcm Liters. Th.mm Bottom ø cm Kg Code Designation Øcm Hcm Liters. Th.mm Bottom ø cm Kg
6241.20 20 6 1,8 2 17,5 1,9
6232.28 delivered with stainless steel lid 28 10 4,9 2 20,5 3,12
6241.24 24 6,8 3,1 2 22 2,51
6241.28 28 9,2 4,9 2 25 3,12
This sauté pan made of copper and stainless

steel on the inside has a magnetic bottom
and is adapted to all hotplates, including
INDUCTION. The riveted handles are made of
cast stainless steel.
Page 82
Stewpan with magnetic bottom INDUCTION and st/steel lid
6242.16 16 8,8 1,8 2 13,5 1,54
6242.20 20 10,3 3,3 2 17 2,21
6242.24 24 12,3 5,4 2 22 3,22
6242.28 28 13,5 8 2 25 4,07
This stewpan made of copper and stainless steel on the inside has
a magnetic bottom and is adapted to all hotplates, including
INDUCTION. The riveted handles are made of cast stainless steel.
WOK with 2 cast st/steel handles

6247.32 ø bottom 10 cm 32 12,5 4 2 17 2,5
3329.10 Grid for wok ø 32 cm 34,5 0,14
Glass lid with stainless steel handle
3429.32 32 1,1
Care :
The CO PPER outside : the colour changes on a heat
sources. Use a special copper cleaner to give brilliance back
to a copper utensil. Never use a metal sponge.
The STAINLESS STEEL inside : easy care with a sponge
and washing-up liquid.
If you burn food in your utensil Inocuivre, soak during half
a day with water and washing-up liquid.
Cleaning in the dishwasher is not recommended. The
copper utensils with cast steel handles may rust.

3675.24 24 0,66
Steaming is a quick operation with this steamer with fits on the

copper pans. Equipped with an handle. Tip from the chef: to make
your vegetables glisten, plunge them into cold water once they are
cooked.
Page 83
COPPER Massive copper Induction PRIMA MATERA, cast iron handles
COPPER STAINLESS STEEL INDUCTION
Ergonomic cast steel riveted handles
Made in France
Saucepan with magnetic bottom INDUCTION, cast iron handle

Code Designation Øcm Hcm Liters. Th.mm
6306.14 14 7,3 1,2 2
6306.16 16 8,3 1,8 2
6306.18 18 9,3 2,5 2
This design of pan is the utensil professional kitchens can't do

without. It is especially suited to boiling down (sauce making…).
The walls are stainless steel on the inside. The cast steel handle is
firmly riveted. 2mm-thick (90% copper and 10% stainless steel).
Sauté pan with magnetic bottom INDUCTION, cast iron handle

6330.24 24 6,6 3 2
The copper lid6463 is suitable for this PRIMA MATERA pans with
cast steel hanfdles (except frypan).
Page 84
COPPER Massive copper Induction PRIMA MATERA, cast iron handles
Rounded sauté pan INDUCTION with copper lid, cast iron handles

6332.28 28 10 4,9 2
Conical sauté pan with magnetic bottom INDUCTION, cast iron handle
6336.20 20 7,2 1,7 2
This flared sauté pan is ideal for boiling down cooking juices.
That's often one of the reasons it's the professionals' first choice.
(except frypan).
Frypan with magnetic bottom INDUCTION, cast iron handle

Code Designation Øcm Hcm Th.mm
6324.24 24 4 2
6324.28 28 4 2
6324.32 32 5,5 2
Stewpan with magnetic bottom INDUCTION with lid , cast

iron handles

6342.16 16 8,8 1,8 2
6342.20 20 10,3 3,3 2
6342.24 24 12,3 5,4 2
6342.28 28 13,5 8 2
The stewpan has high sides, which allows inside. The handles are firmly riveted.
you to simmer food or cook large volumes of
liquid, vegetables, etc. The moisture stays in
the pot. The walls are stainless steel on the
Page 85
COPPER Massive copper INOCUIVRE with stainless steel handles
INOCUIVRE
Ergonomic cast stainless steel riveted handles
Made in France
Saucepan
6406.14 14 7,8 1,2 1,5 0,63
6406.16 16 9 1,8 1,5 0,97
6406.18 18 10 2,5 1,5 1,37
6406.20 20 10,7 3,3 1,5 1,9
A new 2mm-thick (90% copper and 10% stainless steel)

professional and smart line INOCUIVRE.
Round frypan
6424.20 20 3,5 2 0,95
6424.24 24 3,7 2 1,3
6424.28 28 3,6 2 1,55
6424.32 32 5 2 2,2
While stocks last
It is the perfect frypan for quick cooking. It will also be an elegant

product in your kitchen thanks to its design.
Page 86
Sauté pans
6430.16 Straight sauté-pan 16 5,8 1 1,5 0,75
6430.20 Straight sauté-pan 20 6,5 1,8 1,5 1,08
6430.24 Straight sauté-pan 24 7,5 3 2 2
6436.20 Conical sauté-pan 20 7,2 1,7 1,5 1,32

6436.24 Conical sauté-pan 24 7,5 3,1 2 1,8
Made up of 90% copper and 10% stainless steel, this sauté-pan

will ensure you a good heat convection and is easy to clean.
Wok with 2 cast st/steel handles

6440.32 wok 32 12 4 2 2,4
3329.10 Grid for wok ø 32 cm 34,5 0,14
Glass lid for wok
3429.32 32 1,1
Sauté pan with 2 cast stainless steel handles with lid

6441.20 20 6,2 1,8 1,5 1,5
6441.24 24 7 3 2 2,38
6441.28 28 9 4,9 2 3,36
With a 2 mm thickness this sauté pan allows quick browning of

food. It is really practical and elegant.
Stewpan with 2 cast stainless steel handles with lid

6442.16 16 9 1,8 1,5 1,28
6442.20 20 11 3,3 1,5 2,23
6442.24 24 12 5,4 2 3,25
6442.28 28 13,5 8 2 3,96
The stewpan has high sides which allows you to simmer food or
cook large volumes of liquid, vegetables, etc. The moisture stays in
the pot. The material that composes it offers an extraordinary
cooking quality.
Page 87
Stockpot with 2 cast stainless steel handles with lid
6444.20 20 18 5,7 2 3
Stainless steel lid

3709.14N 14 1 0,24
3709.16N 16 1 0,28
3709.18N 18 1 0,33
3709.20N 20 1 0,39
3709.24N 24 1 0,51
3709.28 28 1 0,65
This lid is made to fit all kitchenware in this range, except round

frypans.
Oval stewpan with 2 cast stainless steel handles & lid - 2 mm thick
6426.30 Stewpan with lid 30 22 13 6,5 2 3,6
Page 88
Oval fish frypan L. 32 cm - handle on the short axis
6425.32 32 23 4,8 2 1,81
While stocks last
Mini blinis pan ø 10 cm - 2-mm thick

6424.10 10 2 0,26
While stocks last
Roasting-pan - copper st/steel - with 2 riveted cast st/steel handles

6427.35 Roasting pan 41 27 8 2 2,2
Multilayer material : copper alu st/steel

Handles made of cast stainless steel
Suitable also for domestic oven.
Page 89
COPPER Massive copper INOCUIVRE with cast iron handles
Saucepan, cast-iron handle

6460.01 Set of 5 - ø12-20 cm 8,28
6460.12 12 7 0,8 1,5 0,77
6460.14 14 7,5 1,2 1,5 1,23
6460.16 16 9 1,8 1,5 1,3
6460.18 18 9 2,5 1,5 1,61
6460.20 20 10,8 3,3 1,5 1,96
This design of pan is the utensil professional kitchens can't do hotplates except induction.
without. It is especially suited to boiling down (sauce making…).
The walls are stainless steel on the inside. The cast steel handle is
firmly riveted. 2mm-thick (90% copper and 10% stainless steel). All
Sauté-pan, frypan, cast iron handle

6464.16 Conical sauté-pan, no lid 16 6 0,9 1,5 0,9
6464.20 Conical sauté-pan, no lid 20 7 1,7 1,5 1,38
6464.24 Conical sauté-pan, no lid 24 8 2,9 2 1,93
6462.16 Sauté-pan, no lid 16 5,5 1 1,5 0,84
6462.20 Sauté-pan, no lid 20 6 1,8 1,5 1,45
6462.24 Sauté-pan, no lid 24 7 3,1 2 2,15
6462.28 Sauté-pan, no lid 28 8,5 4,9 2 2,85
6465.20 Frypan 20 3,4 2 1,04
6465.24 Frypan 24 4,2 2 1,48
6465.28 Frypan 28 3,6 2 1,7
6465.32 Frypan 32 5 2 2,44
Heavy duty sauté pans and frying pans are utensils professional
kitchens can't do without. The straight-sided sauté pan allows
quick browning of food, the tapered sauté pan is ideal for boiling
down sauces, and the frying pan turns out to be perfect for frying,
searing, and flambéing food. The walls are stainless steel on the
inside. The cast steel handle is firmly riveted. All hotplates except
induction.
Lid, cast-iron handle

6463.12 12 1,2 0,17
6463.14 14 1,2 0,21
6463.16 16 1,2 0,27
6463.18 18 1,2 0,35
6463.20 20 1,2 0,41
6463.24 24 1,2 0,68
6463.28 28 1,2 0,8
The inside of the lid is stainless steel. The handle is made from cast
steel and is firmly riveted.
Page 90
COPPER Massive copper INOCUIVRE with cast iron handles
Stewpan with lid, cast-iron handles

6466.16 16 8,8 1,8 1,5 1,5
6466.20 20 10,5 3,3 1,5 2
6466.24 24 12,5 5,4 2 3,24
6466.28 28 13,5 8 2 4,05
The stewpan has high sides, which allows inside. The handles are firmly riveted. All
you to simmer food or cook large volumes of hotplates except induction.
liquid, vegetables, etc. The moisture stays in
the pot. The walls are stainless steel on the
High stewpan with lid

6467.24 24 18,5 7,5 2 3,67
All hotplates except induction.
Stockpot with lid

6468.20 20 18,5 5,7 2 2,9
All hotplates except induction.
Page 91
COPPER Massive copper INOCUIVRE for table top, brass handles
INOCUIVRE Copper 90% Stainless steel 10%
Ergonomic brass riv eted handles
Suitable for cooking as well as presentation on table and making flambés
Saucepan
6445.01 Set of 5 - ø12-20 4,83
6445.10 10 5,2 0,33

6445.12 12 6 0,8 1,5 0,5
6445.14 14 7 1 1,5 0,63
6445.16 16 8,5 1,6 1,5 0,8
6445.18 18 9 2,5 1,5 0,99
6445.20 20 10 3,5 1,5 1,21
This design of pan is especially well adapted to the table and sources. The walls are stainless steel on the inside, which makes
making flambés or can be used simply to decorate the kitchen for easy upkeep and removes the need for re-tinning. Riveted brass
interior. It can also be used for cooking on medium-power heat handle.
Sauté-pan without lid

6448.16 16 5 1 1,5 0,75
6448.20 20 6 1,8 1,5 0,94
6448.24 24 6,5 3 2 1,81
The straight-sided sauté pan allows quick browning of food and

proves ideal for serving and for flambéing. The walls are stainless
steel on the inside, which makes for easy upkeep and removes the
need for re-tinning. The brass handle is firmly riveted.
Frypan with brass handle

Code Designation Øcm Wcm Hcm Th.mm Kg
6450.13 mini frypan 9,3 13 3,2 0,47
6450.20 20 3 2 0,91
6450.24 24 4 2 1,3
6450.28 28 4,5 2 1,82
These frying pans in stainless-lined copper prove perfect for frying removes the need for re-tinning. The brass handle is firmly riveted.
and searing using medium-power heat sources, for flambéing
food, and give a perfect appearance on the table. The skirt is
stainless steel on the inside, which makes for easy upkeep and
Page 92
WOK with brass handle

6432.32 30,9 8,5 2 2,25
Glass lid with st/steel knob for wok :
3429.32 32 1,1
The wok has forever been the universal Asian kitchen utensil, and it turns out to be ideal for for re-tinning. The brass handle is firmly riveted.
a natural, dietetic cuisine, which needs very little fat and preserves the food's original taste.
The bowl is stainless steel on the inside, which makes for easy upkeep and removes the need
Round dish, 2 handles

6449.12 12 2 2 0,34
6449.16 16 3 2 0,55
6449.20 20 3 2 0,78
6449.24 24 4,2 2 1,23
This round dish is used a lot for cooking eggs, making gratins, or The brass handles are firmly riveted.
perhaps for making crème brulées. It makes for an elegant
appearance on the table. The skirt is stainless steel on the inside,
which makes for easy upkeep and removes the need for re-tinning.
Oval dish, 2 handles

6451.32 32 23 4,5 1,5 1,02
6451.36 36 26,2 4,5 1,5 1,2
The dish proves ideal for serving and for flambéing. The skirt
is stainless steel on the inside, which makes for easy upkeep
and removes the need for re-tinning. The brass handles are
firmly riveted. Do not use directly on a heat sources.
Sauté-pan with lid, brass handles

6446.20 20 6 1,8 1,5 1,44
6446.24 24 7 3,2 2 2,48
6446.28 28 9 5,5 2 3,37
The two-handed sauté dish allows quick browning of food. It has The brass handles are firmly riveted.
the same uses as a one-handed sauté pan, but turns out to be
more practical to handle and takes up less space when stored away
or when on the burner. The walls are stainless steel on the inside.
Page 93
Round stewpan with lid
6447.10 mini stewpan with lid 10 5,5 0,48
6447.16 16 8 1,6 1,5 1,04

6447.20 20 10 3,5 1,5 1,59
6447.24 24 11,5 5,2 2 3,13
This casserole is an elegant way of serving at the table. It can also

be used for cooking on medium-power heat sources. The skirt is
stainless steel on the inside, which makes for easy upkeep and
removes the need for re-tinning. The brass handles are firmly
riveted.
Lid
6454.09 Round handle 9 0,09
6454.10 Round handle 10 0,1
6454.12 11,5 1,2 0,17
6454.14 13,5 1,2 0,21
6454.16 15 1,2 0,29
6454.18 17 1,2 0,36
6454.20 19,5 1,2 0,42
6454.24 23,5 1,2 0,62
6454.28 27 1,2 0,82
The inside of the lid is stainless steel. The brass handle is firmly
riveted.
Mini pans , copper st/steel with brass handles

Code Designation Øcm Wcm Hcm Liters. Kg
6453.09 Saucepan with lid 9 4,5 0,3 0,21
Saucepan without lid
6445.09 9 4,5 0,3 0,2
6445.10 10 5,2 0,33
6450.13 mini frypan 9,3 13 3,2 0,47
6447.10 mini stewpan with lid 10 5,5 0,48
The small saucepan is perfect for serving sauces. It ensures an

elegant appearance. The walls are stainless steel on the inside,
which makes for easy upkeep and removes the need for re-tinning.
The brass handle is firmly riveted.
Page 94
COPPER Copper - Various utensils
Copper massive conical jam pans with cast-iron handles

6200.38N Conical jam pan, 1 mm th 38 15 9 1,2 1,5
6202.40N Conical jam pan, 2 mm th 40 14,4 12 1,7 3,4
These copper basins are genuine traditional

utensils used for bringing sugar or fruit to a
boil to make jams, jellies, or preserves. The
cast steel handles are firmly riveted.
Copper "Canelés Bordelais" fluted moulds

TINNED COPPER
6820.35N 3,5 3,3 0,03 0,8 0,01
6820.45N 4,5 4,2 0,06 1 0,03
6820.55N 5,5 5 0,1 1,2 0,05
These moulds allow you to use the traditional method for making
Bordeaux's famous crunchy Canelé cakes. The copper ensures
perfect heat convection, which allows good caramelization of the
juices and gives a delicious taste.
Copper eggwhites bowl

6580.20 1 ring-handle 20 1,2 0,91
6580.26N 1 ring-handle 26 1,2 1,06
6580.32 1 ring-handle 32 1,2 1,63
6581.20 With 2 handles 20 1,2 1,1
6581.26 With 2 handles 26 1,2 1,41
6581.32 With 2 handles 32 1,2 1,8
Made from solid copper, these half-round
eggwhite basins are the traditional utensils
used by professionals. The basins are perfect
for beating egg-whites until stiff.
Copper cleaner
Code Designation Liters. Kg PU
4200.01N 150 ml 0,15 0,24 6
This cleaner gives brilliance back to your utensils. It is really easy to

use: First, clean your pan. Wet the sponge with hot water and dip it
in the cleaner. Rub the whole pan with the sponge. Then rinse it
with hot water and dry it carefully.
Page 95
MILLS
De Buyer and the mills
A spicy story and a challenge taken up with relish
For two centuries, the passion for cookery, taste and Gastronomy, both local
and from around the world, has driven de Buyer’s manufacturing. Its savoir
faire in the design and manufacturing of high-quality kitchen and patisserie uten-
sils responds to the demands of professionals and enthusiasts for all that is good
and home-made.
It has thus created its own world dedicated to the mastery of taste, so it is enti-
rely natural that it should wish to complement its collections with mills for salt,
pepper and other spices.
However, de Buyer is first and foremost a manufacturer that loves to design,
innovate and use its savoir faire and experience to make its products. As a living
heritage company, the business has retained its artisanal soul, its rigour and its
love for work well done.
De Buyer has always wanted to offer its own collection of mills, bearing its
signature.
De Buyer approached Marlux to create this collection. Both companies share
the same values, an artisanal soul and a love for work well done. Marlux is a
family business, founded in 1875 and is also a living heritage company that has
become a major name in the history of French mill manufacturing. In 1972,
Mill
it revolutionised the world of spices by inventing the nutmeg mill and, as true
benchmarks, their mills featured on the finest tables because of the quality of
their salt and pepper grinders, manufactured on its own machines.
The great spice adventure began in 2015 for de Buyer and the first mills began
to leave the factory in 2016.
The company’s mastery of materials enables de Buyer to create mills with new
signature mechanisms in steel and ceramic.
Today, the manufacturing process of the mills is part of the de Buyer company’s
CSR policy: the wooden mills are made of beech from sustainably managed
forests and have obtained the Origine France Garantie certification.
Spices are ingredients that are inextricably linked to flavour; masterfully ground,
they reveal themselves and enable us all to create our own symphonies of aro-
mas.
WOODEN MODELS ACRYLIC MODELS
P EP P E R SA LT N U TME G SPICE S
Designed for All types of round Coarse white salt pepper mixes and large peppercorns / seeds, white
Nutmeg only
peppercorns not wet salt cooking salt, herbes de Provence, seeds such as
Not salt cumin, poppy or sesame, fleur de caviar etc...
Type of
mechanism Steel mechanism Stainless steel mechanism Wide standard mechanism Standard mechanism
High-quality treated
Material 18/10 quality stainless steel Ceramic
hardened steel
Appearance of
the mechanism
M I L L
M E C H A N I S M
Adjustment
of the grind
Top button Top button Top button Lower wheel with 4 settings
Shaft Nickel-plated steel Stainless steel Aluminium
Guarantee Lifetime 3 years
Height of the 7 - 10 - 14 - 18 - 21 7 - 10 - 14 - 18 - 21 10 7 - 10 - 14 - 18 - 21 - 25 7 - 11 - 14 - 18
mills (cm) 25 - 30 - 40 - 70 25 - 30 - 40
MILLS B BOIS mills
COLLECTION B BOIS
B BOIS mills made of beechw ood w ith a beesw ax protectiv e finishing.
Spice mills 'B BOIS' BOOGIE 7 cm

PEPPER MILL
P292.071111 Steel mechanism 7 9 0,15
SALT MILL
S392.071111 St/steel mechanism 7 9 0,15
SPICE MILL
C092.071111 Ceramic mechanism 7 9 0,14
Steel pepper mechanism and stainless steel salt mechanism.
Lifetime warranty for steel mechanism.
Ceramic mechanism suitable for various spices.
Certified "ORIGINE FRANCE GARANTIE".
Spice mills 'B BOIS' RUMBA 14 cm

PEPPER MILL
P230.141111 Steel mechanism 4,5 14 0,15
SALT MILL
S330.141111 St/steel mechanism 4,5 14 15
SPICE MILL
C030.141111 Ceramic mechanism 4,5 14 0,15
Steel pepper mechanism and stainless steel salt mechanism. Certified "ORIGINE FRANCE GARANTIE".
Spice mills 'B BOIS' RUMBA 20 cm

PEPPER MILL
P230.201111 Steel mechanism 6,4 21 0,33
SALT MILL
S330.201111 St/steel mechanism 6,4 21 0,33
SPICE MILL
C030.201111 Ceramic mechanism 6,4 21 0,33
Page 99
MILLS Wooden mills - Les Classiques
JAVA model is the traditional mill: the wood comes in 4 natural and
classical colours according to the models:
l i ght wood, dark wood, mat te whi t e and mat te bl ack.
Available in pepper mill, salt mill and spices mill from 14 to 25
cm.
Available in pepper and salt mills from 14 to 40 cm.
The model 70 cm exists only for pepper with a steel
mechanism.
Certified ORIGINE FRANCE GARANTIE.
Mill JAVA 14 cm
PEPPER MILL
STEEL MECHANISM
P245.140101 Natural 14 0,13
P245.140202 Dark 14 0,13
P245.140303 Matte white 14 0,13
P245.140404 Matte black 14 0,13
SALT MILL
STEEL MECHANISM
S345.140101 Natural 14 0,12
S345.140202 Dark 14 0,12
S345.140303 Matte white 14 0,12
S345.140404 Matte black 14 0,12
SPICE MILL
CERAMIC MECHANISM
C045.140101 Natural 14 0,13
C045.140202 Dark 14 0,13
C045.140303 Matte white 14 0,13
C045.140404 Matte black 14 0,13
Classical wooden mill.
Lifetime warranty.
Page 100
Coarse grind pepper mill JAVA STEAK
M245.140404 Matte black 14 0,13
Special steel mechanism for

pepper mill cracked : larger space
between the steel teeth to obtain
cracked ground pepper
C e r t i fi e d ORIGINE FRANCE
GARANTIE.
Lacquered mill JAVA 14 cm

PEPPER MILL
STEEL MECHANISM
P245.143131 White 14 0,13
P245.143232 Red 14 0,13
P245.143333 Black 14 0,13
P245.143434 Taupe 14 0,13
P245.143636 Curry 14 0,13
SALT MILL
STEEL MECHANISM
S345.143131 White 14 0,12
S345.143232 Red 14 0,12
S345.143333 Black 14 0,12
S345.143434 Taupe 14 0,12
S345.143636 Curry 14 0,12
SPICE MILL
CERAMIC MECHANISM
C045.143131 White 14 0,13
C045.143232 Red 14 0,13
C045.143333 Black 14 0,13
C045.143434 Taupe 14 0,13
C045.143636 Curry 14 0,13
Classical wooden mill. This range of classical mills is made of beech wood. The wood is
Certified "ORIGINE FRANCE GARANTIE". lacquered : one coat of white lacquer then three coats of the
Steel pepper mechanism and stainless steel salt mechanism. color.The glossy lacquered finish and the vitamin shades bring a
Lifetime warranty. colourful touch and brighten up the kitchen and table.
Mill JAVA 18 cm
PEPPER MILL
STEEL MECHANISM
P246.180101 Naturel 18 0,2
P246.180202 Dark 18 0,2
P246.180303 Matte white 18 0,2
P246.180404 Matte black 18 0,2
SALT MILL
STEEL MECHANISM
S346.180101 Natural 18 0,2
S346.180202 Dark 18 0,2
S346.180303 Matte white 18 0,2
S346.180404 Matte black 18 0,2
SPICE MILL
CERAMIC MECHANISM
C046.180101 Natural 18 0,2
C046.180202 Dark 18 0,2
C046.180303 Matte white 18 0,2
C046.180404 Matte black 18 0,2

Lifetime warranty.
Page 101
Mill JAVA 21 cm
PEPPER MILL
STEEL MECHANISM
P247.210101 Natural 21 0,24
P247.210202 Dark 21 0,24
P247.210303 Matte white 21 0,24
P247.210404 Matte black 21 0,24
SALT MILL
STEEL MECHANISM
S347.210101 Natural 21 0,22
S347.210202 Dark 21 0,22
S347.210303 Matte white 21 0,22
S347.210404 Matte black 21 0,22
SPICE MILL
CERAMIC MECHANISM
C047.210101 Natural 21 0,24
C047.210202 Dark 21 0,24
C047.210303 Matte white 21 0,24
C047.210404 Matte black 21 0,24
Lifetime warranty.
Mill JAVA 25 cm
PEPPER MILL
STEEL MECHANISM
P249.250101 Natural 25 0,3
P249.250202 Dark 25 0,3
P249.250303 Matte white 25 0,3
P249.250404 Matte black 25 0,29
SALT MILL
STEEL MECHANISM
S349.250101 Natural 25 0,27
S349.250202 Dark 25 0,27
S349.250303 Matte white 25 0,27
S349.250404 Matte black 25 0,3
SPICE MILL
CERAMIC MECHANISM
C049.250101 Natural 25 0,3
C049.250202 Dark 25 0,3
C049.250303 Matte white 25 0,3
C049.250404 Matte black 25 0,3
Lifetime warranty.
Pepper/Salt mill JAVA 30 cm, steel mechanisms

PEPPER MILL
P253.300101 Natural 30 0,56
P253.300202 Dark 30 0,56
P253.300303 Matte white 30 0,56
P253.300404 Matte black 30 0,56
SALT MILL
S353.300101 Natural 30 0,56
S353.300202 Dark 30 0,56
S353.300303 Matte white 30 0,56
S353.300404 Matte black 30 0,56
Classical wooden mill. Lifetime warranty.
Page 102
Pepper/Salt mill JAVA 40 cm, steel mechanisms
PEPPER MILL
P251.400101 Natural 40 0,93
P251.400202 Dark 40 0,93
SALT MILL
S351.400101 Natural 40 0,93
S351.400202 Dark 40 0,89

Lifetime warranty.
Pepper mill JAVA 70 cm

P256.700101 Natural 70 2
P256.700202 Dark 70 2

Lifetime warranty.
Page 103
Mill RUMBA 14 cm
PEPPER MILL
STEEL MECHANISM
P230.140101 Natural 14 0,14
P230.140202 Dark 14 0,14
P230.140303 Matte white 14 0,14
P230.140404 Matte black 14 0,14
SALT MILL
STEEL MECHANISM
S330.140101 Natural 14 0,14
S330.140202 Dark 14 0,14
S330.140303 Matte white 14 0,14
S330.140404 Black 14 0,14
SPICE MILL
CERAMIC MECHANISM
C030.140101 Natural 14 0,15
C030.140202 Dark 14 0,15
C030.140303 White matte 14 0,15
C030.140404 Black matte 14 0,15
A mill with pleasant and well-rounded curves. It offers a good grip,
is a convenient size and is very handy in the kitchen and on the
table.

Lifetime warranty.
Mill RUMBA 18 cm
Code Designation Hcm
PEPPER MILL
STEEL MECHANISM
P230.180101 Natural 18
P230.180202 Dark 18
P230.180303 White matte 18
P230.180404 Black matte 18
SALT MILL
STEEL MECHANISM
S330.180101 Natural 18
S330.180202 Dark 18
S330.180303 White matte 18
S330.180404 Black matte 18
SPICE MILL
CERAMIC MECHANISM
C030.180101 Natural 18
C030.180202 Dark 18
C030.180303 White matte 18
C030.180404 Black matte 18
A mill with pleasant and well-rounded curves. It offers a good grip,
is a convenient size and is very handy in the kitchen and on the
table.

Lifetime warranty.
Page 104
Mill RUMBA 20 cm
PEPPER MILL
STEEL MECHANISM
P230.200101 Natural 20 0,34
P230.200202 Dark 20 0,34
SALT MILL
STEEL MECHANISM
S330.200101 Natural 20 0,34
S330.200202 Dark 20 0,34
SPICE MILL
CERAMIC MECHANISM
C030.200101 Natural 20 0,35
C030.200202 Dark 20 0,35
A mill with pleasant and well-rounded curves. It Ceramic mechanism suitable for various spices.
offers a good grip, is a convenient size and is very
handy in the kitchen and on the table. Certified "ORIGINE FRANCE GARANTIE".
Steel pepper mechanism and stainless steel salt
mechanism. Lifetime warranty.
Pepper/Salt lacquered mill RUMBA 20 cm

PEPPER MILL
STEEL MECHANISM
P230.203131 White 20 0,34
P230.203232 Red 20 0,34
P230.203333 Black 20 0,34
P230.203434 Taupe 20 0,34
P230.203636 Curry 20 0,34
SALT MILL
STEEL MECHANISM
S330.203131 White 20 0,32
S330.203232 Red 20 0,32
S330.203333 Black 20 0,32
S330.203434 Taupe 20 0,32
S330.203636 Curry 20 0,32
SPICE MILL
CERAMIC MECHANISM
C030.203131 White 20 0,35
C030.203232 Red 20 0,35
C030.203333 Black 20 0,35
C030.203434 Taupe 20 0,35
C030.203636 Curry 20 0,35
Classical wooden mill. This range of classical mills is made of beech wood. The wood is
Certified "ORIGINE FRANCE GARANTIE". lacquered : one coat of white lacquer then three coats of the
Steel pepper mechanism and stainless steel salt mechanism. color.The glossy lacquered finish and the vitamin shades bring a
Lifetime warranty. colourful touch and brighten up the kitchen and table.
Page 105
Mill PASO 10 cm
PEPPER MILL
STEEL MECHANISM
P240.100101 Natural 10 0,11
P240.100202 Dark 10 0,11
P240.100303 Matte white 10 0,11
P240.100404 Matte black 10 0,11
SALT MILL
STEEL MECHANISM
S340.100101 Natural 10 0,09
S340.100202 Dark 10 0,09
S340.100303 Matte white 10 0,09
S340.100404 Matte black 10 0,09
SPICE MILL
CERAMIC MECHANISM
C040.100101 Natural 10 0,11
C040.100202 Dark 10 0,11
C040.100303 Matte white 10 0,11
C040.100404 Matte black 10 0,11
The mini traditional ideal table model. Indispensable and always
fashionable.

Lifetime warranty.
Salt shaker PASO 10 cm

M340.100101 Natural 8,8 0,05
M340.100202 Dark 8,8 0,05
The mini traditional ideal table model. Indispensable and always

fashionable.
Page 106
Wooden spice mills BOOGIE 7 cm

PEPPER MILL
Steel mechanism
P292.070101 Natural 9 7 0,15
P292.070202 Dark 9 7 0,15
SALT MILL
Stainless steel mechanism
S392.070101 Natural 9 7 0,15
S392.070202 Dark 9 7 0,15
SPICE MILL
Ceramic mechanism
C092.070101 Natural 9 7 0,14
C092.070202 Dark 9 7 0,14
Nutmeg mill SOKO with crank st/steel handle

M516.100101 Natural 10 0,13
M516.100202 Dark 10 0,13
The nutmeg, a specialty MARLUX: this original mill has a

mechanism in steel unpublished. The nutmeg is stuck on a spring
stem and three large teeth hold it on the sharpened plate. Nutmeg
is then easily grated by turning handle.
Certified ORIGINE FRANCE GARANTIE.
Page 107
Pepper/Salt mill POGO, steel mechanisms

P222.110606 Pepper mill 11 0,11
S322.110606 Salt mill 11 0,09
A pleasant curve and a matt black finish give simplicity and

elegance to this little table mill.Steel pepper mechanism and
stainless steel salt mechanism. Lifetime warranty. Certified
"ORIGINE FRANCE GARANTIE".
Pepper/Salt mill VALSE, steel mechanisms

PEPPER MILL
P224.110671 Matte black 11 0,18
SALT MILL
S324.110671 Matte black 11 0,16
The mill of the large tables with its wooden body with pleasant
curves and its lid in metallic silver polished brightly . Steel pepper
mechanism and stainless steel salt mechanism. Lifetime warranty.
Pepper/Salt mill JOTA, steel mechanisms

PEPPER MILL
P223.120101 Natural 12 0,24
P223.120606 Ebony 12 0,24
SALT MILL
S323.120101 Natural 12 0,21
S323.120606 Ebony 12 0,21
A cylindrical mill with a sleek design, with its grooved aluminum

ring and elegant button inlaid in the lid. For the pepper model, the
milling adjustment is done from the bottom with a button
provided in the mechanism. Steel pepper mechanism and stainless
steel salt mechanism.
Lifetime warranty.
Pepper/Salt mill SPRINGAR, steel mechanisms

PEPPER MILL
P227.130670 Ebony 13 0,12
While stocks last
SALT MILL
S327.130670 Ebony 13 0,16
While stocks last
A table model with an industrial style design, a modern

combination of stainless steel and wood. Steel pepper mechanism
and stainless steel salt mechanism. Lifetime warranty.
Page 108
MILLS Acrylic mill
Spices mill HIP HOP 11 cm, ceramic mechanism

Delivered empty
C086.118301 Natural 11 0,09
C086.118302 Dark 11 0,09
Ceramic mechanism suitable for various spices. This mini table mill
with its translucent acrylic shape gives a light impression to the
table.
Mill delivered empty without spice.
Spices lacquered mill HIP HOP 11 cm, ceramic mechanism

Code Designation Kg
Delivered empty
C086.118331 White 0,09
C086.118332 Red 0,09
C086.118333 Black 0,09
C086.118334 Taupe 0,09
C086.118336 Curry 0,09
Ceramic mechanism suitable for various spices. This mini table mill
with its translucent acrylic shape gives a light impression to the
table and its range of coloured lids adapts to all atmospheres.
Spices mill HIP HOP 11 cm, ceramic mechanism

Delivered empty
C086.118383 11 0,09
Ceramic mechanism suitable for various spices. 4 grinding settings

with the mill base.
Page 110
MILLS Acrylic mill
Spices mill BOOGIE with crank plastic handle

Delivered empty
C092.078382 7 0,18
C192.048382 Box of 4 spices mills C092.078382 28 7 9 0,77
Delivered empty
Ceramic mechanism suitable for various spices. 4 grinding settings with the
mill base.
Spices mill TANGO 14 cm

Delivered empty
C087.148383 14 0,18

with the mill base.
Spices mill MAMBO 18 cm

Delivered empty
C084.188383 20 0,23
An original baroque mill for the kitchen or table. It looks modern

and light due to its transparency.
Steel pepper mechanism and stainless steel salt mechanism. Steel
mechanisms are lifetime warranty.
with the mill base.
Page 111
PRECISE CUTTING
WITH MANDOLINES
AND KNIVES
The first mandoline enjoyed great success, for being an innovative product
(item, tool) that was quick, precise, easy-to-use, durable (lasting)and safe.
All the following conceived mandolines stuck to these essential production
criteria. De Buyer mandolines have the “Origine France Garantie” label.
- 114 -
Mandoline REVOLUTION
Mandoline VANTAGE
Mandoline VIPER
Mandoline ACCESS
Mandoline SWING PLUS
- 1 24 -
Mini slicer KOMI
Slicer KOBRA
- 126 - Cutting
Corer, tomato slicer
- 128 -
Knives & Sharpeners
THE SLICERS THE COMPACTS
Collection PLUS Komi
2012.01 2017.00 2016.00 2014.00 2015.03 / 2015.23 / 2015.43 2011.01 / 2011.21/ 2011.41 2018.00
Type of cuts :
• Slices
• Crinkle cut
• Julienne cuts
2 - 4 and 10 mm 4 - 10 mm
2 - 4 - 7 and 10 mm 4 - 10 mm 2 - 4 mm
« MASTER » version 2 - 7 mm
2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 7 and 10 mm
• Waffle cuts
S L I C E R S
• Cubes, losanges
Type of blade V Straight V 35 ° angle
Thickness from
0 to 10 1 to 10 1 to 8 0 to 10
(mm)
Folding rear foot
Gravity
guide + pusher
Extra long pusher
Colours
PCB (packaging unit) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

GRAVITY
GRAVITY
S LIC IN G K IT
A GUIDE FOR CUTTING

LONG VEGETABLES - SMALL VEGETABLES
QUICKLY, EFFORTLESS
WASTE FREE AND SAFELY
LO N G V E G E TA B L E S
GRAVITY
GRAVITY
e x a m p l e s
GRAVITY
cu cumber, carrot, zucchini, long radi s h...
S M A L L F R U I T S & V E G E TA B L E S
STRAIGHT OR *
CRINKLED SLICES
GRAVITY
cherry tomato, shallot, radish, mus hro o m...
fits on the slider of DE

BUYER ‘s mandolines
(not for Kobra slicer)
2015.84 Kit Gravity

with tube slider ans grey insert
(delivered without mandoline)
CUTTING LA MANDOLINE REVOLUTION
La Mandoline REVOLUTION
Multi-cuts : cubes, losanges, slices, crinkle cuts, Code Designation Lcm Wcm Hcm Kg
Julienne cuts, waffle cuts. 2012.01 Complete Mandoline with receptable & pusher 39,5 19,5 14 1,54
Thickness from ultrafine slices to one-centimeter. with 1 double horizontal blade-straight/serrated
Professional: made of foodgrade st/steel and and 3 Julienne blades 2-4-10 mm
polymer composites. Satin polished st/steel. STAINLESS STEEL PUSHER
Horizontal double-blade made of high-quality with rotating control system
cutlery st/steel. Julienne blades made of heavy duty
professional st/steel.
SECURE with its protective pusher. Easy to handle.
Integrated dice system
Page 116
CUTTING LA MANDOLINE REVOLUTION
La Mandoline REVOLUTION MASTER with stainless steel pusher
2012.41 Complete Mandoline with receptable & pusher 39,5 19,5 14 2,38
REVOLUTION MASTER version with :
STAINLESS STEEL PUSHER
with rotating control system
- 6 Julienne blades 2-3-4-5-7-10 mm
in their removable storage box
- EXTRA-LONG PUSHER
- Special coated upper plate
- Double horizontal blade - lobe edged
- Upper foot with cap
Same features as the standard model. Improved design and

optimum efficience.
Supplied with the st/steel round pusher and with one plastic extra-
long pusher for long products.
6 Julienne blades 2-3-4-5-7 and 10 mm in their storage box
The upper foot is reinforced with st/steel 2 caps.
Improved slide with the special « pro-slide » coating on the upper
plate.
La Mandoline REVOLUTION : Replacement parts

2012.56 Rotating control system (slider and pusher) 0,62
Slider + st/steel pusher
2012.57 St/steel pusher alone 0,5
2012.55 Long pusher + slider 0,24
Suitable for the standard Mandoline
2000.97 Small lower foot/stand 12 11,5 0,12
For REVOLUTION & REVOLUTION MASTER
2012.98 Upper foot REVOLUTION MASTER
2000.89 Set of 2 tightening knobs
Slicing kit GRAVITY

Code Designation Øcm Wcm Hcm Kg
2015.84 GRAVITY guide and pusher 5 10,5 14,5 0,18
See page 105
A GUIDE FOR CUTTING LONG VEGETABLES & SMALL VEGETABLES

QUICKLY, EFFORTLESSLY, WASTE FREE AND SAFELY.
It fits on the slider of DE BUYER ‘s mandolines
La Mandoline REVOLUTION : Replacement parts

Code Designation Lcm Wcm Th.mm Kg
2015.95 Double horizontal blades - with lobed edge 15,5 3,2 0,5 0,03
JULIENNE blades :
2012.91 JULIENNE 2 mm - black 0,02
2012.92 JULIENNE 4 mm - red 0,02
2012.93 JULIENNE 10 mm - grey 0,02
2012.94 JULIENNE 3 mm - green 0,02
2012.95 JULIENNE 5 mm - blue 0,02
2012.96 JULIENNE 7 mm - orange 0,02
2012.88 Support for 3 Julienne blades (empty) 0,04
For Mandoline REVOLUTION standard
2012.89 Storage box for 7 blades - delivred empty
Page 117
CUTTING La Mandoline VANTAGE
La Mandoline VANTAGE
2017.00 Complete Mandoline with slider and pusher 50 15 20 1,83
- Integrated V-shaped blade
- 4 Julienne blades 2-4-7-10 mm
- V-shaped blade guard for storage
- Storage box for accessories
- EXTRA-LONG PUSHER
V-shaped blade to cut all types of fruit/vegetable even the softest. Total safety thanks to the ergonomic pusher and the slider.
Stainless steel frame : robust and resistant.
Equipped with 4 V-shaped Julienne blades
Minimum space - Folding foot.
La Mandoline VANTAGE - Replacement parts 2017.00

Code Designation Kg
2017.91 Julienne 2 mm cut - 41 teeth 0,03
2017.92 Julienne 4 mm cut - 22 teeth 0,03
2017.93 Julienne 7 mm - 14 teeth 0,03
2017.94 Julienne 10 mm - 10 teeth 0,03
2017.89 Plastic storage box (empty) 0,27
2017.59 Pusher 0,13

2017.90 Slider 0,05
2017.86 V-blade guard 0,01
Page 118
CUTTING La Mandoline VANTAGE
La Mandoline VANTAGE - Extra long pusher

2017.55 Extra long pusher and slider 17,2 13 6,8 0,27
It is used in place of the round pusher. It is

the perfect tool to obtain very long cutting
shapes.
Slicing kit GRAVITY

See page 105

Page 119
CUTTING LA MANDOLINE VIPER
VIPER Mandoline

2016.00 Complete Mandoline with receptable & pusher 44 18,5 15 1,36
with horizontale blade & 2 Julienne 4 -10 mm
Frame with integrated V-shaped horizontal blade fur accurate and easy cutting of all Secure with the ergonomic pusher and slider.
fruits/vegetable. Equipped with rotation control system to cut dices and diamonds easily.
Adjustable slice plate - Thickness from 1 to 8 mm. Compact with its folding rear foot.
Knob for fast and precise thickness setting.
Two julienne plates - 4 and 10 mm - and their storage box.
Large receptacle for vegetables/fruits.
Page 120
CUTTING LA MANDOLINE VIPER
Slicing kit GRAVITY
See page 105

La Mandoline VIPER: Replacements parts

2016.96 Horizontal plate for slices 26 12 0,09 0,18
2016.92 Plate Julienne 4 mm 13,2 9,5 0,12 0,11
2016.94 Plate Julienne 10 mm 14,5 10,8 0,05 0,12
La Mandoline VIPER : Replacement parts

2016.59 Ergonomic plastic protective pusher 25,2 12 17,5 0,12
2016.90 Plastic slider 26 12 2,5 0,55
Page 121
CUTTING LA MANDOLINE ACCESS
LA MANDOLINE ACCESS Stainless steel

2014.00 Complete mandoline with polymer composite pusher 44,5 18 23 1,45
Delivered with a double horizontal blade
blade (straight & serrated) and a double
Julienne blade (space 4 and 10 mm)
- Easy thickness adjustment
- Lobed-edge horizontal blade
- Ergonomic pusher
ROBUST AND PROFESSIONAL : Mandoline made of stainless steel MULTICUTS : Includes double horizontal blades (straight and
COMPACT - Easy to handle - Double-blades system : one single serrated) and Julienne blades (space 4 and 10 mm) to produce
accessory for 2 uses. many cut styles : Julienne cuts, waffle cut, slice or crinkle cuts.
Folding upper foot for storage. Precise thickness adjustment until 10-mm.
PRACTICAL : Easy inserting of the blades on the side and easy
thickness adjustment mechanism.
EFFICIENT : Easy and precise cut.
SAFE : Ergonomic pusher for maximum safety
Non-skid feet.
Replacement parts for LA MANDOLINE ACCESS

2015.92 Double Julienne blade - 4 and 10 mm 0,26
with storage box for both Julienne blades
2017.90 Slider 0,05
2014.59 Pusher
Easy and precise cut thanks to the blades made of high-quality - Straight blade and serrated blade
stainless steel. Double-blades system -one single accessory for 2 - Julienne blade 4/10 mm and Julienne blade 2/7 mm
uses- :
Slicing kit GRAVITY

See page 105
A GUIDE FOR CUTTING LONG VEGETABLES & SMALL VEGETABLES It fits on the slider of DE BUYER ‘s mandolines
Page 122
CUTTING LA MANDOLINE SWING PLUS
La Mandoline SWING PLUS
ROBUST AND PROFESSIONAL : Mandoline made of Code Designation Lcm Wcm Kg

stainless steel and polymer composite. 2015.03 Complete mandoline with polymer composite 40 20 1,19
COMPACT - Easy to handle - Double-blades system : Delivered with a double horizontal blade
one single accessory for 2 uses. Folding upper foot blade (straight & serrated) and a double
for storage. Julienne blade (space 4 and 10 mm)
PRACTICAL : Easy inserting of the blades on the side Black colour
and easy thickness adjustment mechanism. New model :
EFFICIENT : Easy and precise cut. SAFE : Ergonomic - Easy thickness adjustment
pusher for maximum safety - Non-skid feet - Lobed-edge horizontal blade
MULTICUTS : Includes double horizontal blades - Ergonomic pusher
(straight and serrated) and Julienne blades (space 4
and 10 mm) to produce many cut styles : Julienne 2015.23 Green colour 40 20 1,19
cuts, waffle cut, slice or crinkle cuts. Precise
thickness adjustment until 10-mm. 2015.43 Red colour 40 20 1,19
Replacement parts for SWING PLUS : pusher and slider

Code Designation Kg
2015.59 Plastic pusher 0,22
2015.90 Slider for 2015.59 0,6
Large capacity of the receptable: more products are cut at a single
time. Ergonomic pusher for maximum safety
Accessories for LA MANDOLINE SWING PLUS

Code Designation Øcm Lcm Wcm Hcm Th.mm Kg
with storage box for both Julienne blades
See page 105
Easy and precise cut thanks to the blades made of high-quality
stainless steel. Double-blades system -one single accessory for 2
uses- : - Straight blade and serrated blade - Julienne blade 4/10 mm
and Julienne blade 2/7 mm
Page 123
CUTTING THE SLICER KOBRA V AXIS
KOBRA V AXIS
"Click Express" system
adjusts the thickness setting quickly, safely and efficiently
Cuts slices from extra-fine up to 5mm thick
KOBRA V AXIS : Professional fruit and vegetable slicer with pusher

2011.01 Complete with pusher - Black 36,5 12,2 8 0,66
2011.41 Complete with pusher - Red 36,5 12,2 8 0,66
SPARE PARTS :
2011.55 Pusher alone
2011.90 Kit spare parts Kobra
- V-shaped blade: the blade penetrates the product easily.

- Optimised cutting angle at 19,3°. Cuts easily and perfectly all
fruits and vegetables, even the softest ones (tomatoes, pears, etc.).
- Micro-serration of the blade enables the thinest cut of
fruit/vegetable with skin and preserves their flesh composition.
- PRACTICAL & EASY: easy to adjust the height of the cut: the
thumb wheel integrated at the end of the handle allows the
adjustment of the thickness up to 5 mm. - St/steel ramp
- COMPACT: the pusher clips on for easy storage.
- SAFE Protective pusher. Silicone moulded anti-sliding ergonomic
handle. Anti-skid feet.
Page 124
CUTTING KOMI vegetable cutter
Mini vegetable slicer KOMI

2018.00 Complete vegetable cutter with food guard 27 11,2 3,3 0,38
and 2 Julienne blades 2/4 mm
SPARE PARTS :
2018.90 Pusher
2018.92 Julienne 2 mm
2018.93 Julienne 4 mm
2018.95 Blade
Accurate and efficient: sharp blade with its 35°-angle.

Multicut: slices & Julienne 2 mm/4 mm (0.08/0.15 in.).
Quick and easy thickness adjustment.
Graduated from 0 up to 5 mm.
Equipped with an ergonomic protective food guard made of
transparent plastic.
Compact storage: integrated Julienne blades storage box & food
guard.
Page 125
CUTTING
Stainless steel tomato slicer, 5,5 mm thickness
For 10 slices - 5,5 mm thick. Code Designation Lcm Wcm Hcm Kg

Serrated blades special for tomatoes. The horizontal 2005.00 Tomato slicer 42,5 20 18 5,5
cutting action avoids juice loss.
The tomato slicer lets you slice ripe tomatoes but 2005.10 Set of replacement blades 24,5 7 0,14
also citrus fruits (lemons, oranges, kiwis,…). Suckers
on the feet hold the slicer firmly in place on the
worktop during use.
Safe: cover guards prevent anyone touching the
blades. 2 ergonomic handles.
Made of all stainless steel: easy cleaning.
Page 126
CUTTING Corer
Manual corer for fruits/vegetables - ø12 mm - Orange Manual corer for fruits/vegetables - ø20mm - Green
Code Designation Øcm Lcm Kg Code Designation Øcm Lcm Kg

2612.01 L. tube 90 mm - Graduated 2,5 19,7 0,04 2612.02 L. tube 112 mm - Graduated 3 24,6 0,08
Manual extractor that cores and tops and with hole to hang;
tails fruits/vegetables cleanly in a trice. Stainless steel blade and graduated tube.
Patented system. Universal: suitable for
various fruits/vegetables.
Multifunctions: removing stalk / Hollowing
out / Stuffing. Overmoulded with TPE
polypropylene ergonomic anti-slip handle
Manual universal corer for fruits / vegetables - ø30 mm - Red

Code Designation Lcm Kg
2612.03 L. tube 112 mm - Graduated 25 0,1
Manual extractor that cores and tops and tails fruits/vegetables

cleanly in a trice. Patented system. Universal : suitable for various
fruits/vegetables. Multifunctions: removing stalk / Hollowing out /
Stuffing.
Overmoulded with TPE polypropylene ergonomic anti-slip handle
with hole to hang - Stainless steel blade and graduated tube.
Page 127
FRENCH-STYLE
KNIVES
De Buyer has carefully analysed French and Japanese
knife design. The findings were clear: Japanese knives
have a perfect cutting edge while French knives are
outstandingly solid. De Buyer chose to differ obviously
by combining these two key elements when creating its
two knife ranges.
CUTTING Knives FIBRE KARBON 1
De Buyer created the Fibre Karbon 1 collection for the most demanding of professional chefs. The high tech
handle, compression-moulded in France with multiple layers of carbon fibre, is light and extremely strong,
making it perfectly balanced and pleasant to hold. Blades are very strong in the European tradition, and very
sharp in the Japanese tradition – the perfect blend of both cutlery and culinary worlds.
Bl ade made of hard edge 56+/-2 HRC st ai nl ess st eel German X50CrMoV15 - One-pi ece
Japanese knife with single-bevel blade- L. 26 cm

4270.26 41,5 1,85 6 0,46
Resulting from the fusion of a French Chef's knife to prepare meat and vegetables, and a
Japanese single bevel sashimi knife for the finest of slicing.
Chef's knife FIBRE KARBON 1 - L. 22 cm Japanese Chef's knife FIBRE KARBON 1 - L. 23 cm
4271.22 36,5 1,86 6,1 0,35 4271.24 35,5 1,88 6,8 0,4
Like a traditional French Chef's blade, but strong for the toughest chef work.
Traditional strong French chef's blade for all more advanced : thinner and sharper cutting
regular heavy cutting work. edge and scallops for less cutting effort, but
Utility knife FIBRE KARBON 1 - L. 18 cm Paring knive FIBRE KARBON 1 - L.11 cm
4275.18 30 16,3 3,14 0,17 4272.11 22,9 1,63 2 0,14
Between the small office knife and the chef A high performance small utility knife or
knife, it is ideal for many small cutting tasks. steak knife.
Page 129
CUTTING Knives FK2
The kniv es FK2 are designed to be the ultimate blend of toughness, sharpness, functionality
and v alue for real working chefs and serious gourmet cooks.
In addition to the traditional blades expected, the FK2 range has many innov ativ e blade
shapes .
HARDNESS : German X50CrMoV15 stainless steel alloy

hardened and tempered to HRC56. Hard for edge retention
and tough for edge durability
REBALANCE SYSTEM : find your ideal balance with the
innovative adjustable counterweight
UNIQ UE BLADE GEOMETRY : a fine grind between the
thick German blades and light Japanese blades to bring
strength and sharpness together
RO BUST HANDLE : CARBON FIBRE COMPOSITE.
Dynamic and ergonomic handle shape with texture grips
strongly to resist hand slip
SOLID AND STRO NG : thick tang for long term
durability. Solid one-piece bolster
Made in France
French Chef 's knife
This knife is the traditional French chef's knife for all Code Designation Lcm Wcm Hcm Kg
heavy cutting work (vegetables, meat and fish).
4281.21 L. 21 cm 36 2,2 6 0,28
While stocks last
Page 130
CUTTING Knives FK2
Santoku knife L. 17 cm Asian Chef's knife
4281.17 32,4 2,2 5,4 0,26 4280.15 L. 15 cm 28,6 4,9 2 0,16
4280.17 L. 17 cm 30 5,5 1,8 0,18
Good broad range of uses: slicing, chopping This 15cm Asian Chef's knife is very light and designed to be ideal for young cooks or for
of meat and vegetables. sharp and easy to maneouver for light quick small hands.
cutting tasks in busy kitchens. It is also
Paring knife L. 9 cm
4282.09 21,7 2 2,3 0,12
Used by chefs for peeling, turning, and other small hand-held jobs.
Utility knife L. 14 cm
4285.14 26,7 2 3 0,14
Small chopping/slicing knife for many light meat/vegetable jobs for chefs and home cooks.
Precision carving knife with short and flexible Santoku blade L.16 cm
4287.16 27,5 2 0,14
Ideally suited for carving thin slices from small pieces of meat and
fish with perfect precision.
Salmon and ham knife Santoku 30 cm
Code Designation Lcm Wcm Th.mm

4287.30 42,5 2 2,6
Ultra flexible scalloped blade for cutting thin

slices of bacon, ham or salmon.
Page 131
CUTTING Knives FK2
Filet knife

4283.16 L. 16 cm 30,9 2,2 2,3 0,2
While stocks last
4283.18 L. 18 cm 28,5 0,14
Perfect for Filet of Sole
While stocks last
This knive is perfect to for slicing fillets from fish and chicken. The blade is relatively long,
narrow and flexible, for less slicing resistance.
Boning knife L.13 cm

4284.13 27,8 2,2 1,8 0,19
While stocks last
Specialty boning knife for chefs.
Carving Knife

4285.21 L. 21 cm 35,8 2 4 0,26
While stocks last
4285.26 L. 26 cm 40,6 2,2 4 0,28
While stocks last
Traditional western meat slicing blade (with sword tip). This knife is perfect for slicing large allowing long cuts to be performed easily. It also slices cakes with ease.
roasts, hams, etc. The blade is designed to offer the least resistance when slicing meat ,
Bread knife

4286.26 L. 26 cm 40,5 2,2 3,9 0,28
While stocks last
Bread knife with rounded tooth serration for longer blade

life and smoother cutting. This type of serration also makes
it a good 'bulk' or rough meat slicer.
Page 132
CUTTING SHARPENER
High Tech Pro Knife sharpener DIAMOND CAMS, 2 levels
SHARPENS AND HONES ANY KNIFE BRAND
QUICKLY AND ACCURATELY
4290.01 Professional 15°-20° fine convex 10,5 20 7,5 0,2
Resulting from many years of mechanical engineering R&D, the de for edge resharpening, including complete regrinding of old blades.
Buyer 'DIAMOND CAMS' sharpener generates perfectly shaped and More accurate than manual steel and stone methods because
fine slightly convex edge bevels every time. Simply swipe any blade human error is eliminated with the accurate angle control of the
down and back through the highly engineered diamond-coated sharpening/honing cams. Patents pending.
solid steel cams until the edge is razor sharp. Two stages in one:
swipe light and shallow for everyday honing, and hard and deep
Blade Sharpener TRIUM, 3 levels

4290.02 12 6,7 5,7 0,33
The TRIUM Sharpener was developed to produce very sharp

professional cutting edges on any brand of knife. The patent
pending Diamond Cams control the edge angle very accurately as
you swipe the blade down and back between the cams, for a highly
refined cutting edge shape with a perfect hone ever time.
Professional steel QUINTUM, 5 levels

4291.00 45 3 0,32
The 5-stage professional sharpening and finer sharpening on steel shaft, 2 diamond
honing centre : the QUINTUM produces and 2 hard chrome surfaces.
sharper knives in less time than traditional
methods for better results for chefs and
butchers, and easy pro results for home
cooks : Diamond Cams in handle for full
regrind of worn edges + 4 more stages of
Polyethylene cutting board

Sharp angles
4920.60N White 60 40 2 3,9
The polythene cutting board is more hygienic than a wooden

board because of the non-porous material.
Stainless steel cutting board rack for 6 boards

4140.00N Spacement 3 cm 27 31,5 27,5 1,1
This practical rack lets you stack different cutting boards away or leave them to drain after washing. It lets you easily identify and
take the right board.
Page 133
ESSENTIAL
UTENSILS
From bowls to spatulas and whisks, De Buyer utensils are designed to work
like natural extensions of your hand. They are ergonomic and comfortable to
use. Especially noteworthy are our exclusive De Buyer piston funnels and “Le
Tube” pressure pastry syringe, all with the “Origine France Garantie” label.
- 136 -
St/steel utensils for preparation
Automatic dispensers
LE TUBE
-146 -
Small utensils, whisks
& spatulas
- 159 -
Seafood utensils
- 161 -
Pizza accessories
- 163 -
Thermometers
Utensils
UTENSILS Various utensils
Flat bottom pastry bowl, round opened edge
3250.16 16 9 1 0,8 0,19
3250.20 20 10 2 0,8 0,24
3250.24 24 11,2 3,5 1 0,4
3250.28 28 12,5 5,5 1 0,56
3250.32 32 14 8 1 0,74
3250.36 36 15 11,5 1,2 1,1
3250.40 40 17,5 16 1,2 1,42
3250.44 Disponibile fino ad esaurimento scorte 44 19 20,5 1,2 1,63
Bowls for professional use, as much for their capacity as for the improved hygiene. Polished finish.
quality and thickness of the stainless steel used. They have an
open rolled rim: rolled for handling without injury and open for
Hemispherical bowl, round opened edge

Code Designation Øcm Liters. Th.mm Kg
3372.16N 16 1 0,7 0,23
3372.20 20 2,1 0,7 0,35
3372.24 24 3,6 0,7 0,49
3372.30 30 7 0,7 0,7
3371.35 35 11,2 0,8 1,01
3371.40 40 16,8 0,8 1,35
Round stand for hemispherical bowl
3379.00 For ø 20 - 24 cm 1 0,11
3379.01 For ø 30-35-40 cm 1 0,18
This stainless steel bowl, with its splayed skirt, owes its name to its - Professional stainless steel - Robust and undistortable
round base. Its half-spherical form allows for the preparation to be - Gloss polished outside & satin polished inside
well aerated during mixing, which is performed with downward - Hemispherical for a good ventilation of the preparation during
movements. Inseparable from its whisk, the cul-de-poule is the mixing
ideal utensil for easily and rapidly making floating islands or - Open rim for perfect hygiene
emulsions. - Rolled rim for handling without injury
Hemispherical pastry bowl, stainless steel and silicone
Code Designation Øcm Liters. Th.mm Kg

3373.16 16 1 0,7 0,24
3373.20 20 2,1 0,7 0,37
3373.24 24 3,6 0,7 0,5
3373.30 30 7 0,7 0,73
De Buyer has developed a stainless steel, and never slips during use. The interior
half-spherical « cul-de-poule » bowl, with a graduations are also practical.
base covered in silicone. The bowl is stable
Hemispherical pastry bowl made of foodgrade polypropylene

4530.17 17,5 8 1 0,08
4530.23 23 10,5 2,5 0,16
4530.27 27,5 12 4,5 0,2
4530.32 32 14,5 6 0,26
4530.36 36 16 9 0,3
4530.40 40 18 13 0,4
4530.90 Set of 6 bowls from 1 L. to 13 L. 1,4
Page 136
Dishes
3283.27 27 22 4 1,9 1 0,63 10
3283.30 30 25 4,3 2,6 1 0,79 10
3280.35 35 27 4,6 3,6 1 0,97 10
3280.40 42 32 5 4,9 1 1,24 5
3280.45 45 34 5 6,5 1,2 1,86 5
These stainless steel dishes are particularly resistant to knocks that
happen during the course of handling. Besides this, they comply
with professional dimensions.
Stainless steel conical colander with base and 2 handles Stainless steel colander - Professional quality
Code Designation Øcm Lcm Hcm Th.mm Kg Code Designation Øcm Lcm Hcm Th.mm Kg
3930.24 23,5 32 11,5 1 0,54 3232.24 Conical, 1 handle (1) 23,5 45 11 1 0,57
3232.28 Conical,1 handle (1) 27 54 12 1 0,76
3930.32 29,4 39,5 14,4 1 0,8
3930.36 33 44,5 15,5 1,2 1,21
3930.40 36,5 49 17 1,2 1,47 3240.24 -2 24 31,5 12 0,8 0,69
3930.44 40 53,4 19 1,2 1,83
3930.48 44,6 58 19,3 1,2 2,14
This colander is made from 1.2mm (18 gauge) Colanders made from food-grade stainless hitched onto the rim of a pan during
stainless steel, making it very robust and steel. 3 different models are available. The straining.
knock resistant. High quality. colanders with a handle and a hook can be
Kitchen Chinese strainer, heavy - Perforation 1,5 mm

3350.10N (1) 10 7,1 0,4 0,08
3350.14N (2) 14 10,5 0,4 0,15
3350.18N 18,5 16 0,4 0,31
3350.20N 20 18 0,4 0,38
3350.23N 23 20,5 0,4 0,45
3350.26N 27 23 0,4 0,71
3354.01 Non-slip stainless steel stand 15 6 0,17
Range of different sizes made from heavy, extra-wear-resistant

stainless. There is a hook opposite the handle to fit the conical
strainer inside a pan. You can place the conical strainer on the
stand of a piston funnel to avoid spilling the contents.
Bakery chinese strainer, micro-perforated 0,8 mm

3351.21 chinese strainer ø 21 cm 21 20,5 1 0,46
3351.23 chinese strainer ø 23 cm 23 22 1 0,56
3354.01 Non-slip stainless steel stand 15 6 0,17
Looking for all the world like its cousin the conical kitchen strainer, conical strainer is professional-grade and extremely solid.
the stainless steel pastrycook's strainer has the added feature of Especially easy cleaning.
micro perforations, making it as efficient as a muslin strainer but
with several advantages: hygiene, toughness, and safety. This
Page 137
Pusher for chinese strainer made of beechwood
3350.90 25,5 5 0,19
Stainless steel frame muslin strainer - Twile mesh 0,4 mm

3352.20N 20 44 18 0,6 0,48
Handle thickness : 2 mm
Reinforced with its ø 4mm st/steel wire
to protect the mesh
This strainer is fitted with a hook and a tongue enabling it to sit on

round bowls. Hole mesh size: 0,4mm. It allows for the very fine
filtration of gelatin, coulis or custard. 40 mesh.
Deep stainless steel frame muslin strainer - Twile mesh 0,4 mm

3352.22 22 45 23 0,57
Stainless steel sieve with 4 removable meshes

4605.21 mesh 3 mm/2 mm/1 mm/0,5 mm 20 0,37
USES : - Mesh 2 mm :purées, fish mousse

- Mesh 0.5 mm : flour, icing sugar - Mesh 3 mm (screen) : Peeling hazelnuts, chopped pralines
- Mesh 1 mm : almond or hazelnut flour mixes, marzipan grater
Stainless steel flour sieve with st/steel mesh N° 20 - mesh 0,8 mm

4604.16 16 5,5 0,11
4604.21 21 6 0,19
4604.30 30 7 0,31
Page 138
Strainer, st.steel

Mesh thickness 0,27 mm
3242.10N 10 25,5 0,08
3242.12N 12 32,5 0,11
3242.14N 14 35 0,13
3242.16N 16 37 0,2
3242.18N 18 40 0,22
Perforated stainless steel strainer
Dredger, stainless steel

4782.00N Sugar dredger with metal mesh (1) 7 13 0,5 0,17
4782.01N Sugar dredger with metal mesh 7 10 0,31 0,14
4783.00N Sugar dredger - small holes ø1,5 mm (2) 7 13 0,5 0,17
4783.02N Sugar dredger - small holes ø1,5 mm 7 10 0,31 0,14
4783.01N Spices dredger - large holes (3) 2,5 mm 7 13 0,5 0,17
4783.03N Spices dredger - large holes 2,5 mm 7 10 0,31 0,14
The perforated metal sprinkler is ideal for sprinkling with icing
sugar. It comes with a bayonet-fitting top.
Stainless steel professional food mill and sieves

2004.00N Professional mill N° 5 without sieve 37 41 38,5 3,1
2004.10N Sieve for N°5, ø 1 mm
2004.15N Sieve for N°5, ø 1,5 mm
2007.00N Semi-professional mill N° 3 31 3
delivered with 3 sieves 1,5mm - 2,5 mm - 4 mm
This professional stainless steel food mill lets you prepare puree,
stewed fruit, fish soup, vegetable soup, etc. Three models of sieve
fit onto it, each with different sized perforations.
Graduated bucket with base

3276.12N Inner ø 29 cm 31 28,5 12 1,5 1,34
Food-grade stainless steel bucket for holding any kind of food or

liquid. Internal graduations every litre (except the 5 litre model).
Page 139
Bucket without base
3274.12N Grad. - inner ø 29 cm 31 27 12 1,5 1,2
food-grade stainless steel bucket for holding any kind of food or

liquid. Internal graduations every litre (except the 7 litre model).
Measuring jug with foot, handle and with a spout

3565.05N 10 10,5 0,5 0,3 0,14
3565.10N 13,5 14 1 0,3 0,24
3565.15N 14 15 1,5 0,3 0,33
3565.20N 16 18,5 2 0,3 0,41
Small measuring jug with handle without foot
3565.010N 6,8 4,5 0,1 0,2 0,03
3565.025N 8,5 7 0,25 0,2 0,07
This food-grade stainless steel measuring jug facilitates cooking
and lets you measure liquids quickly. Easy to handle with its
handle and pouring lip. Can be sterilized.
Scoop, st. steel

3271.20 Flour scoop, with handle 75 cl 20 12 5,5 0,75 1,5 0,41
3271.24 Flour scoop, with handle 1,4 L 24 15 6,5 1,4 1,5 0,53
These stainless steel scoops ensure perfect hygiene. The stainless

tube handle is welded.
Flour scoop , polypropylene

Code Designation Lcm Liters. Kg
4370.02N 26 0,25 0,04
4370.05N 32 0,5 0,07
4370.09 39 0,9 0,12
This very practical measuring scoop is made from food-grade

polypropylene.
Graduated measuring jug, polypropylene

Code Designation Hcm Liters. Kg
4021.05N 14 0,5 0,05
4021.10N 17 1 0,1
4021.20N 21,5 2 0,2
4021.30N 24 3 0,3
4021.50N 27 5 0,4
Graduated in litres and millilitres. Pouring lip and handle. Can be
used from 0°C to 125 °C.
Page 140
Set of 4 measuring cups: 60 - 80 - 125 - 250 ml Set of 4 measuring spoons : 1 / 2,5 / 5 / 15 ml
Code Designation Kg Code Designation Kg

4827.02 1/4 cup - 1/3 cup - 1/2 cup - 1 cup 0,4 4827.01 1/4 tsp - 1/2 tsp - 1 tsp - 1 tbsp 0,08
1/4 cup - 1/3 cup - 1/2 cup and 1 cup
Ice-cream scoop made of cast aluminium with eutectic Ice-cream scoop - Stainless steel
handle system
Code Designation Øcm Lcm Liters. Kg

Code Designation Lcm Wcm Kg PU 4826.05N Portion 80ml = 1/12,5 L 6,3 23,1 0,08 0,15
4815.00N Width of the bowl : 4,5 cm 18 4,5 0,11 5
4826.04N Portion 60ml = 1/16 L 5,8 22,5 0,06 0,15
4826.03N Portion 40ml = 1/25 L 5 21,5 0,04 0,14
Designed for a better productivity with its the scoops to be molded more easily.
shape and the sharp edges. Equipped with a Waterproof. NOT dishwasher safe.
stop drop edge and a flat base : stable and
practical. When gripped, the eutectic
(thermoactive) handle spreads the warmth
over the whole spoon as the scoops of ice-
cream are being molded to shape. This allows
Funnel
3357.12 Funnel with filter 11,6 12,9 0,13
3357.20 Funnel with filter 19,5 20,7 0,31
3356.12N 11,6 12,9 0,13
3356.20N Funnel without filter 19,5 20,7 0,24
3357.01 All stainless-steel filter for funnel 0,02

This stainless steel funnel is available in two models, with filter
(reference 3357) and without (reference 3356). The removable filter
model ensures perfect hygiene. The filter fits inside funnel
reference 3356
Stainless steel funnel for jam and to pour preparations in ring
Code Designation Kg
3356.00 2 parts for ø from 3,5 to 6 cm 0,23
This funnel is also practical to pour preparations in ring for

arranging filling on a dish.
Page 141
AU TO M ATIC D I SPE N SE R BY DE BUY E R
Filling, Pouring, Garnishing, decorating
3353 3354.12 3354.02 3354.52 3358.01
Capacity 0,8 L. 1,5 L. 1,9 L. 3,3 L. 0,8 L.

Nozzle ø 7 mm 3 sizes: 3 sizes: 3 sizes: 2 nozzles supplied
ø 8 mm ø 8 mm ø 15 mm
80°C max. and nozzles and nozzels and 2 nozzles U8 & D8
ø 4 & 6 mm ø 4 & 6 mm ø 5 & 10 mm Suitable for other nozzle forms
Use:
L I Q U I D F L U I D LIQUID FLUID THICK MOUSSES THICK COMPACT
Sweet or savory
sauce √ √ √ √
Hot jelly √ √ √
Hot fruit pulp √ √ √
Cream
Thick fruit coulis √
Hot sirup √ √ √
Liqueur √ √ √
Mousse √
Cake dough √
Mixture for Financiers
Madeleines Cakes √
Jam √
Puff pastry √
Chocolate pastry √ √
Sponge biscuit √
Caramel chaud √ √ √
Joconde biscuit √
Custard √
White cheese
Fruit compote √
LE TUBE: Pressure pastry syringe
Code Designation Lcm Wcm Hcm Liters. Kg

3358.01 Delivered with 2 nozzles U8 (ø11 mm) & D8 38,4 10,5 0,75 0,44
+ 2 caps
+ biscuits kit REF 3358.94
ACCESSORIES
3358.92 Set of 2 lids for the tank 0,05
3358.93 Set of 2 lids with hole for the tank 0,05
3358.75 0,75 capacity extra tank + 2 caps ref.3358.92 19,6 8,54 0,75 0,13
3358.95 DISPLAY WITH VIDEO : 50 39 150 15,62
- 8 boxes Le Tube 3358.01
- 9 sets of 6 Tritan nozzles (3 X 4150.02 / 3 X 4150.03 / 3 X 4150.08)
-5 tanks 3358.75
See other suitable nozzles TRITAN pages 207-211
Pressure syringe for effortless dosing of paste, creams and mousses. Knob for easy setting of pressure for dosing the amount to be poured (from
For garnishing, filling and decorating. Simple,fast and accurate work. Easier 1 to 5 cl).
to fill than a pastry bag. 0,75 L. capacity in transparent plastic. Removable and interchangable nozzles.
Graduated in cl and oz. Allows the user to see how much is left. DESIGNED BY DE BUYER - PATENTED
Box LE TUBE PRO

3358.02 This box includes: 47 30 10 1,82
- Piston syringe LE TUBE
- 4 extra containers 0.75 L.
- 12 nozzles with holders:
3 plain nozzles ø 6-11-13 mm
3 star nozzles B8-C8-E8 / 2 star nozzles PF10 - PF14
1 St Honoré / 1 bird nest nozzle
1 garnishing nozzle ø 6 mm
Page 143
Special shortbread biscuits kit for LE TUBE
Code Designation Kg
3358.94 Special lid disc holder 0,17
+ 13 discs
+ 2 caps ref.3358.92
to store the paste
kit composed with a special lid

(disc holder) and 13 removable
decor discs.
Delivered with 2 caps ref. 3358.92
Fits on LE TUBE.
Automatic piston funnel KWIK MAX - 3,3 Liters - All stainless steel
Code Designation Øcm Wcm Hcm Liters. Kg
3354.52 with stand & 2 nozzles 20 30 38 3,3 0,95
Professional model
3 sizes : ø 15 - 10 and 5 mm
SPARE PARTS :
3354.51 Stand alone
3354.79 Mechanism
Big sizes of the integrated nozzle ø 15 mm to preserve air The deep cone enables to push and pour naturally without
molecules of the preparations: saved smoothness. pressure on the mixture.
Perfect for mousses, thick sauces, caramel, thick jelly or fruit
coulis, etc.
All st/steel: suitable for very hot preparations.
Page 144
Automatic piston funnel KWIK PRO, all stainless steel
Made entirely from stainless, including nuts, wing Code Designation Øcm Hcm Liters. Th.mm Kg
nuts, spring... for perfect hygiene. Completely 3354.00 Automatic piston funnel alone 1,9 L. 19 18 1,9 1 0,61
leakproof in the closed position: for creams, sauces, 3354.02 Automatic piston funnel with stand 1,9 L. 19 18 1,9 1 0,78
or liqueurs... Its ease of use makes it the universal 3354.10 Automatic piston funnel alone 1,5 L. 17,5 16,5 1,5 1 0,55
kitchen and bakery tool for : - Garnishing plates with 3354.12 Automatic piston funnel with stand 1,5 L. 17,5 16,5 1,5 1 0,72
sauces, - Pouring jelly into a dish, - Filling small
quiches, - Filling blini pans with batter, - Filling 3354.01 Non-slip stainless steel stand 15 6 0,17
chocolate shells with liqueur, etc.
SPARE PARTS FOR FUNNEL :
3354.92 Central closed nut
3354.93 Wing nut
3354.94 Spring
3354.95 Set of two nozzles - 4 and 6 mm
3354.89 Mechanism 1,5 L (piston, tie bar, lever, spring)
3354.99 Mechanism 1,9 L (piston, tie bar, lever, spring)
KWIK - Mini Piston funnel 0,8 liter - Stainless steel

Code Designation Øcm Lcm Wcm Hcm Liters. Th.mm Kg
3353.00 Black 15 18,5 15 15,5 0,8 0,4 0,25
3353.20 Green 15 18,5 15 15,5 0,8 0,4 0,25
3353.30 Orange 15 18,5 15 15,5 0,8 0,4 0,25
3353.40 Red 15 18,5 15 15,5 0,8 0,4 0,25
3353.60 Fushia 15 18,5 15 15,5 0,8 0,4 0,25

SPARE PARTS FOR FUNNEL :
3353.96 kit nozzle nut siphon
3353.95 Nozzle
3353.94 Spring
Stainless steel and plastic. Professional standard.
This mini piston funnel comes with an outlet (7 mm dia. nozzle)
and is completely impermeable.
The funnel is practical and its low capacity (0.8 L) makes it ideal for
dispensing small portions of sauce or cream, e.g. for garnishing
dishes immediately prior to serving.
Compact for practical storage.
Dishwasher safe.
Page 145
UTENSILS UTENSILS B BOIS
B BOIS utensils made of beechw ood w ith a beesw ax protectiv e finishing.
Rounded spatula B BOIS Bevelled spatula B BOIS
Code Designation Lcm Kg Code Designation Lcm Wcm Hcm Kg

4870.25 25 0,02 4872.25 25 5 0,5 0,02
4870.30 30 0,03 4872.30 30 5 0,5 0,02
4870.35 35 0,05 4872.35 35 5,5 0,7 0,03
4870.40 40 0,07 4872.40 40 6 0,7 0,05
Mixing spoon B BOIS

4871.20 20 4,5 1,5 0,02
4871.25 25 4,5 1,5 0,02
4871.30 30 5 1,5 0,03
4871.35 35 5,5 1,5 0,05
4871.40 40 6 1,5 0,07
Page 146
Pointed spoon B BOIS
4874.00 Special sauce 30 5 1,5 0,04
4874.01 Special for risotto 30 5 1,5 0,03
Large spatula B BOIS

4875.30 30 8 2 0,05
Crepe spatula B BOIS

4873.00 30 4,5 0,5 0,02
Round crepe dough spreader B BOIS Crepe dough spreader B BOIS
4873.01 20,5 16 1,5 0,01 4873.02 20 16 3 0,02
Set of 10 mini spatulas B BOIS

4873.04 14 4 0,08
Salad servers B BOIS

4876.00 25 5,5 1,5 0,05
Toast tong B BOIS

4876.01 21 5 3 0,03
Page 147
Utensils B BOIS made of old time finishing stainless steel and wooden handle

2701.00 Slotted spoon 33,5 6,5 0,1
2701.01 Spoon 33,5 6,5 0,1
2701.02 Ladle 34 9 0,15
2701.03 Masher 29 7,5 0,14
2701.04 Skimmer 36,5 11 0,15
2701.05 Plain spatula 35 8 0,13
Beechwood handle with beeswax finish.
Utensils B BOIS made of old time finishing stainless steel and wooden handle

2701.06 Slotted spatula 35 8 0,11
2701.07 Flexible turner 30 8 0,07
2701.08 Cake server 27,5 0,07
2701.09 Spaghetti spoon 33 7 0,11
2701.10 Fork 32 3,5 0,08
Beechwood handle with beeswax finish.
Page 148
UTENSILS Stainless steel utensils
Wall hanging bar for utensils with 8 removable hooks - Stainless steel
4720.00 44 2,4 2,5 0,36
Heavy duty 2.5-mm thick stainless steel : do not distort. Brushed

stainless steel. Practical in order to have all ustensils at hand.
Sliding hooks allow an easier use. Suitable for both utensils
equipped with a hook and utensils provided with a hanging hole.
Wire skimmer, extra-strong stainless steel

2601.12N L. Handle 34 cm 12 34 0,24
2601.14N L. Handle 35 cm 14 48 0,27
2601.16N L. Handle 36 cm 16 38 0,29
2601.18N L. Handle 41,5 cm 18 56 0,35
2601.20N L. Handle 43,5 cm 20 0,38
2601.22N L. Handle 45 cm 22 64 0,41
The wire deep-fry skimmer lets you recover and strain food
floating in the cooking liquid.
Meat fork
3170.40 L. Handle 30 cm 38 4,5 1,5 0,17
While stocks last
3170.50 L. Handle 38 cm 48 4,5 1,5 0,21
While stocks last
Heavy duty range. Stainless steel. The grapplers are made from one
piece, a guarantee of robustness. The handle is wide and very rigid
and its ergonomic shape lets you insert your thumb. This stops
the utensil from slipping round even in greasy or sticky hands.
Stainless steel one-piece ladle

3021.06 L. Handle 28 cm 6 32,5 3 0,05 1,2 0,1
3021.08 L. Handle 28 cm 8 36 3,7 0,13 1,2 0,15
3021.10 L. Handle 32 cm 10 42 4,7 0,25 1,2 0,24
3021.12 L. Handle 35 cm 12 45 5,7 0,45 1,2 0,29
3021.14 L. Handle 43 cm 14 53 6,5 0,67 1,5 0,48
3021.16 L. Handle 43 cm 16 55,5 8 1 1,5 0,49
3021.20 L. Handle 51,5 cm 20 72 9,7 2,06 1,5 0,71
Single-piece ladles are manufactured in one piece, a guarantee of round even in greasy or sticky hands. This good handhold avoids a
robustness. The handle is wide and very rigid; its ergonomic shape lot of fatigue. The slope of the handle suits all vessels, even deep
lets you insert your thumb. This stops the utensils from slipping ones.
Page 149
Stainless steel one-piece skimmer
Code Designation Øcm Lcm Th.mm Kg
3041.08 L. Handle 28 cm 8 34,5 1,2 0,1
3041.10 L. Handle 32 cm 10 41,3 1,2 0,14
3041.12 L. Handle 35 cm 12 44,5 1,2 0,18
3041.14 L. Handle 43 cm 14 53,5 1,2 0,26
3041.16 L. Handle 43 cm 16 55,5 1,2 0,31
3041.18 L. Handle 43 cm 18 57 1,5 0,39
3041.20 L. Handle 51,5 cm 20 67,5 1,5 0,48
Single-piece skimmers are manufactured in one piece, a guarantee surface of the cooking liquid and strain it.
of robustness. The handle is wide, very rigid, and ergonomically
shaped. The skimmer lets you recover food that has risen to the
One-piece ladle with a spout

3021.66 L. Handle 28 cm 6 32,5 2,8 0,05 1,2 0,1
Stainless steel. All the single-piece ladles are manufactured in one

piece, a guarantee of robustness. The handle is wide, very rigid, and
ergonomically shaped. Hard to get by without, the pouring ladle is
ideal for pouring sauce onto a plate or dish, for serving sangria or
other drinks, etc. All without dripping.
Stainless steel one-piece basting spoon

3982.10 STRAIGHT - L. Handle 28 cm 37 6,6 1,2 0,14
3983.10 SIDE - L. Handle 28 cm 36 6,4 1,2 0,14
The basting spoons are all manufactured in one piece. The handle
is wide, very rigid, and ergonomically shaped. The spoons allow
you to scoop up the juices from meat, fish, etc., and baste with
them during cooking.
Stainless steel one-piece spatula

Perforated spatula
3984.10 L. Handle 35 cm 43,5 9,7 1,2 0,18
3984.12 L. Handle 37,5 cm 47 11,6 1,2 0,22
Plain spatula
3985.10 L. Handle 35 cm 44 9,8 1,2 0,17
3985.12 L. Handle 37,5 cm 47 11,7 1,2 0,23
Single-piece spatulas are manufactured in one piece, a guarantee of

robustness. The handle is wide and very rigid and its ergonomic
shape lets you insert your thumb. This stops the utensils from
slipping round even in greasy or sticky hands.
Omelette turner, stainless steel

3294.30 30 28 1,2 0,79
This highly practical omelette spade is for use on snack-bar
griddles.
Page 150
HEAVY DUTY UTENSILS
Stainless steel
Handle thickness = 2,5 mm - Professional and robust
Ergonomic shape and multi-support hook
Diameter and/or liter engraved on the handle
Ladle - Heavy quality

Code Designation Øcm Lcm Liters. Th.mm Kg
3130.06 L. handle : 28,2 cm 6 33,5 0,05 2,5 0,14
3130.08 L. handle : 32,9 cm 8 39 0,13 2,5 0,22
3130.10 L. handle : 36,5 cm 10 44,5 0,25 2,5 0,31
3130.12 L. handle : 40,2 cm 12 50 0,45 3 0,45
3130.14 L. handle : 41,2 cm 14 52,5 0,67 3 0,55
While stocks last
3130.16 L. handle : 45,5 cm 16 58 1 3 0,68
While stocks last
Heavy duty stainless steel range. The handle is wide and very rigid; good handhold avoids a lot of fatigue. The slope of the handle
its ergonomic shape lets you insert your thumb. This stops the suits all vessels, even deep ones.
utensils from slipping round even in greasy or sticky hands. This
Skimmer
3150.08 L. handle : 32,5 cm 8 40 2,5 0,2
3150.10 L. handle : 36,5 cm 10 45 2,5 0,25
3150.12 L. handle : 40,2 cm 12 50 3 0,36
3150.14 L. handle : 41,2 cm 14 53 3 0,43
While stocks last
3150.16 L. handle : 45,5 cm 16 58,5 3 0,51
Heavy duty stainless steel range. The handle is wide, very rigid, and
ergonomically shaped. The skimmer lets you recover food that has
risen to the surface of the cooking liquid and strain it.
Basting spoon
Code Designation Wcm Liters. Th.mm Kg
3143.10 Straight - L. handle 36,5 cm 10 0,06 2,5 0,31
While stocks last
3144.10 Side - L. handle 36,5 cm 10 0,06 2,5 0,31
While stocks last
Heavy duty stainless steel range. The handle is wide, very rigid, and
ergonomically shaped. The spoons allow you to scoop up the
juices from meat, fish, etc., and baste with them during cooking.
Perforated one-piece spatula

Code Designation Wcm Th.mm Kg
3141.10 L. handle : 36,5 cm 10 2,5 0,31
While stocks last
Heavy duty stainless steel range. The handle is wide and very rigid and its ergonomic shape lets you insert your thumb. This stops
the utensils from slipping round even in greasy or sticky hands.
Plain spatula
Code Designation Wcm Th.mm Kg
3142.10 L. handle : 36,5 cm 10 2,5 0,31
While stocks last
Heavy duty stainless steel range. The handle is wide and very rigid and its ergonomic shape lets you insert your thumb. This stops
the utensils from slipping round even in greasy or sticky hands.
Page 151
Ladle
Code Designation Øcm Lcm Liters. Th.mm Kg PU
3136.08 Pizza ladle, flat bottom (1) 8,2 32 0,15 0,8 0,13 5
L. Handle 28 cm
3135.04 Mini ladle, round (2) 4 25 0,8 0,04 5
L. Handle 23,5 cm - 2 cl
3134.06 Fruit ladle with a spout(3) 6 20 0,05 0,8 0,75 5
L. Handle 15,5 cm
Welded shank. The small pouring ladles are ideal for applying pizza pastry.
toppings or for serving sauces, liqueurs, etc. The small pizza ladle
holds 145ml (4 fluid oz) , which is the standard helping of tomato
sauce for pizzas; its flat bottom lets you spread the sauce over the
Serving spoon
Code Designation Liters. Kg
2140.00 Plain 33 0,08
2140.10 Perforated 33 0,08
Spatula for non-stick frypans

4813.01N 28 6,5 0,03 5
This flexible nylon spatula has rounded edges and is damaging their non-stick coating. Heat resistant.
recommended for use with CHOC cooking utensils as it avoids
Grip for hot dishes or plates

3339.00N 19 3 0,15 5
While stocks last
These extra-sturdy pincers allow you to handle hot plates or
dishes safely so as to avoid burns.
Spaghetti tong
Code Designation Lcm Th.mm Kg PU

4816.21N 20 0,5 0,06 5
Spring tongs that enable spaghetti to be held cleanly during

serving. These tongs are also suited to serving grated raw
vegetables.
Plastic utility tong

4789.00 30 0,13
While stocks last
Utility tong with silicone-coated ends. Perfect for using in nonstick

pans.
Adjustable grip
Page 152
Utility tongs
Code Designation Lcm Th.mm Kg PU

4788.24N 24 0,5 0,12 12
4788.30N 30 0,5 0,15 12
4788.40N 40 0,5 0,2 12
The large model is very practical for oven ranges, grills,
barbecues…
Skewer, stainless steel

3401.25 Set of 10 25 2 0,01
3401.30 Set of 10 30 2 0,01
3401.35 Set of 10 35 2 0,01
3401.40 Set of 10 40 2 0,02
Available 25 to 40cm (8" to 12") long, these stainless skewers are

made from 2mm (14 gauge) stainless steel and will not bend. The
pointed end allows food to be skewered easily.
Stainless steel tweezer with curved end

4239.15 16 0,02
4239.30 30 0,08
4239.35 35 0,17
Tweezer for picking up ingredients and easily handling them, (piece of meat).
from the thinest one (herbs, flower, etc.) to the largest one For serving up and decorating plates.
Stainless steel straight tweezer

4238.15 16 0,02
4238.25 L. blade 25 cm 25,5 0,05
4238.30 30 0,08
Tweezer for picking up ingredients and easily handling them, from

the thinest one (herbs, flower, etc.) to the largest one (piece of
meat).
For serving up and decorating plates.
Stainless steel curved tweezer

4237.20 20 0,03
Tweezer for picking up ingredients and easily handling them. For

serving up and decorating plates.
Page 153
The UNIVERSAL WHISK by DE BUYER
To Mix, Beat, Aerate, Emulsify...
The essential utensil for cooking and patisserie :
the whisk de Buyer is available GömA
Fouet Universel
in 7 sizes for preparing :
Sauces, emulsions, creams, dough, batter...
Stainless steel wires Perfectly hygienic Hole :

Spring quality Can be sterilized Easy to hang
GömA
Do not loosen and to drain
from handle
Fouet Universel
Anti-slip handle with curved de-
sign: the whisk will not fall into
the pan.
Ergonomic insulating handle
Overmoulding with TPE

HEAVY DUTY (Thermo Plastic Elastomer)
PROFESSIONAL
ERGONOMIC
Polypropylene
THE LINE
2610.20 Universal whisk with slim handleL. 20cm. Perfect for using in small pans for sauces.
2610.25 Universal whisk with slim handle L. 25cm 2 possibilities
2610.30 Universal whisk with slim handle L. 30cm to use the whisk
The handle of the smaller whisks L. 25 cm and 30 cm is different : Slimmer to ensure comfort for all as well as
smaller hands.
2610.35 Universal whisk L.35 cm

EGG-WHITE RIOUNDED WHISK :

PERFECT HYGIENE
Can be sterilized
Dishwasher safe
For a standard domestic use
choose a maximum size L. 35 cm for whisks and spatulas
Universal whisk for cooking and patisserie GÖMA, polypropylene handle

2610.20 St/steel wire ø 1,4 mm 22,43 5 0,06
2610.25 St/steel wire ø 1,4 mm 26,5 0,08

2610.30 St/steel wire ø 1,8 mm 32 0,14
2610.35 St/steel wire ø 1,8 mm 0,6

2610.40 St/steel wire ø 1,8 mm 41,5 0,19
2610.45 St/steel wire ø 1,8 mm 46,5 0,23
2610.50 St/steel wire ø 1,8 mm 50 0,25
The essential utensil for cooking and patisserie : the professional

whisk de Buyer with stainless steel wires wires -spring quality-
Encased wires: perfectly hygienic and watertight. Ergonomic and
anti-slip comfortable handle. Easy storage with its hole. Perfect
hygiene : Can be sterilized - Perfectly watertight - Dishwasher safe
Egg-whites whisk GÖMA,, polypropylene handle

2611.35 St/steel wire ø 2 mm 35 0,18
2611.45 St/steel wire ø 2 mm 45 0,23
This whisk has a large head and hard springy wires. It is specially
designed for beating egg-whites until stiff.
Page 155
Rubber flexible scraping spatula Maryse
4891.24N L. handle 18 cm 29 0,07
4891.34N L. handle 24 cm 37,3 0,1
4891.42N L. handle 30 cm 43 0,11
A must for pastrycooks, the - Built-in hook to prevent slippage

"Maryse" spatula is flexible and into bowls - Spoon-shaped blade
enables containers of all shapes to ideal for scooping and spreading -
be scraped out efficiently, Dishwasher safe - Maximum heat
recovering all the mixture. Maryse exposure 100°C (212°F).
DE BUYER : Non-scratching utensil
One-piece spatula - high temperature (+260°C) - Nylon handle and silicone blade
4740.24N 25 0,08
4740.34N 35 0,11
4740.42N 45 0,13
This flexible spatule makes easy to

remove sauces from hard-to-reach
spots. Resists to +260°C / 500°F.
Keeps out bacteria thanks to one
piece construction: silicone blade
and plastic handle are moulded
together.
Easy cleaning - Dishwasher safe.
White spatula made of polyglass - 220°C-resistant (470°F)

Code Designation Lcm Kg PU
4745.25 25 0,04 6
4745.30 30 0,05 6
4745.35 35 0,06 6
4745.40 40 0,08 6
4745.45 45 0,1 6
4745.50 50 0,12 6
Robust and hygienic thanks to the non-porous composite material

"polyglass" (polyamid/ glass). The cleaning is easy (dishwasher safe)
and the spatula can be sterilized. The rounded shape of the
spatula - without edge - enables one to efficiently scrape out the
pan.
The end of the handle has a rim to prevent the spatula falling into
the preparation.
Page 156
Spatula made of high quality stainless steel

Mirror polished blade :
- Easy spreading
- Avoids risk of rust - Dishwasher safe
High flexible blade
Thined blade : more thin on the end for a better flexibility and a precise spreading work
Ergonomic handle
Robust and resistant made of polyamid reinforced with fiberglass
Anti-slip carbon texture
Slot for wedging the thumb + finger stopper for a good grip
Integrated hook practical to hang the product
MADE IN FRANCE
Cranked pastry spatula FKOfficium

4231.15 L. Blade 15 cm 33,5 3,5 0,12
4231.20 L. Blade 20 cm 38,5 3,5 0,13
4231.25 L. Blade 25 cm 43,5 3,5 0,15
4231.30 L. Blade 30 cm 48,5 3,5 0,16
With its angled handle, this spatula makes it

easy to spread and level out pasty
substances.
Straight pastry spatula FKOfficium

4230.15 L. blade 15 cm 29 3,5 0,11
4230.20 L. blade 20 cm 34 3,5 0,12
4230.25 L. blade 25 cm 39 3,5 0,13
4230.30 L. blade 30 cm 44 3,5 0,14
This flat spatula has a rounded end and is ideal for spreading,
smoothing, and handling pastries.
Mini cranked pastry spatula FKOfficium

4231.08 Pointed blade 8 cm 21 2 0,04
4231.09 Rounded blade 9 cm 22 2 0,04

4231.12 Rounded blade12 cm 25 2,4 0,05
Page 157
Stainless steel flexible turner FKOfficium
4235.00 L.blade 17 cm 31 7,8 0,1
This food turner is made from forged stainless steel. Its

springiness makes food easy to handle and turn.
Triangular spatula FKOfficium

4233.01 L. blade 8 cm 26,5 8 0,11
With its special shape, this spatula lets you clean grids and
hotplates. Its width and sharp angles also allow you to cut or
spread pasty substances or to peel chocolates off their baking
sheets.
Cranked spatola FKOfficium inox

4232.00 L. blade 12 cm 30 9 0,14
4232.01 Slotted - L. blade 12 cm 30 9 0,12
With its angled handle and rigid blade, this spatula lets you scoop
up and turn over hamburger steaks and other meats on snack-bar
griddles.
Cranked service spatula FKOfficium

4236.00 26,5 5 0,07
4236.01 Slotted 26,5 5 0,06
Genoise cutter FKOfficium

4234.25 L. blade 25 cm 39,5 3,5 2 0,14
4234.35 L. blade 35 cm 50 3,5 2 0,16
The sponge-cake slicer lets you slice sideways through sponge

cakes evenly, without crumbs, so you can then fill the cake with
cream or other fillings.
Page 158
UTENSILS Seafood utensils
Seafood box
4683.90 Box includes : 30 20 3,5 0,42
- seafood shears
- 4 double seafood forks
- an oyster knife
The essential seafood tools gathered in a pratical and elegant box.
Seafood shears with stainless steel blades

4685.00 20,7 6,5 1,5 0,11
LOCK-AND-SPRING MECHANISM FOR A STRESS-FREE AND

SAFE CUT.
Cut hard shellfish leaving meat intact, without cracking nor
mess. Ideal for lobster, crab, langouste, shrimp and scampi.
Patented.
Large handle - Good grip for all hands. Integrated grip.
Detachable stainless steel blades for easy cleaning.
Page 159
UTENSILS Seafood utensils
Set of 4 stainless steel double lobster forks
4687.00 Set of 4 forks 21 1,8 0,01
DOUBLE FORK : Small and large end to easily remove meat from
shellfish.
Ideal for lobster, crab and langouste.
Ergonomic design for good grip.
Robust stainless steel - Dishwasher safe
Oyster knife with stainless steel blade

4683.00 15,7 4,5 2 0,06
Short and sharp blade Ergonomic safe handle with slot for thumb and stopper.
made of extra hard stainless steel 420 2CR14. Handwash recommended - Dishwasher safe
Perfectly sharp blade to easily cut the muscle of the oyster.
Polyamide handle with fiberglass. Resistant and non-slip. Length
adapted to all hands.
Oyster mitt

Extra large model - silicone
4682.20 For right-handed 23 17 2 0,14
Mitt on the left hand
4682.21 For left-handed 23 17 2 0,14
Mitt on the right hand
This oyster mitt allows to maintain the oyster extra arge model is suitable for the largest
during opening. It can not provide a total handles.
protection against a misdirected knife. The
Page 160
UTENSILS PIZZA accessories
Pizza cutting wheel

4970.10N Pizza cutting wheel 10 1 0,17
This particularly sturdy pizza cutter has an ergonomic handle for a

firm grip. Its stainless steel beveled blade allows pizza to be easily
cut into portions.
Stainless steel pizza ladle - Flat bottom

Code Designation Øcm Lcm Liters. Th.mm Kg PU
3136.08 Pizza ladle, flat bottom (1) 8,2 32 0,15 0,8 0,13 5
L. Handle 28 cm
Welded shank. The small pizza ladle holds 145ml (4 fluid oz) ,
which is the standard helping of tomato sauce for pizzas ø 31 cm;
its flat bottom lets you spread the sauce over the pizza pastry.
Perforated pizza screen for cooking - aluminium

7350.23 23 0,06
7350.28 28 0,07
7350.31 31 0,09
7350.33 33 0,1
7350.38 38 0,14
7350.43 43 0,15
7350.48 48 0,21
Perfect for making pizzas, flammenkuche savory tarts, etc. The
bottom is perforated to enable you to obtain a crusty-baked pie
bottom.
See our complete range of round pizza trays pages 197-198
Page 161
UTENSILS PIZZA accessories
Pizza round oven peel - Aluminium with wooden handle Oven peel for pizza or "Flammenküche"
Code Designation Øcm Lcm Kg Code Designation Lcm Wcm Th.mm Kg

7291.40 L. handle 120 cm 40 162 0,93 3293.31 Pizza square oven peel 128 31 1,2 1,35
Total length : 162 cm L. Handle 96 cm
The food-grade stainless steel rectangular

oven spades are especially rugged and will
not distort. The shank is made from round
tube and its long length lets you stuff pizzas
right into the heart of the oven.
Pizza oven peel, stainless steel

3290.31 Pizza oven peel - L. Handle 96 cm 31 114 1,2 1,18
The stainless steel handle is made from round tubes and their long
length lets you stuff pizzas right into the heart of the oven.
Pizza square oven peel - Aluminium with wooden handle

7293.31 L. handle 120 cm 31 1,5 0,89
Total L. 152,5 cm
Scraper brush for oven, wooden handle

4875.70 71 11,5 5 0,28
The scraper brush is used for brushing the hearth and pushing
back the embers in your wood-fired oven.
Page 162
UTENSILS Thermometers
Small syrup density meter, metric
4591.00N Grad. from1100 to 1400 g/L 14 0,19
This professional syrup hydrometer is used for making jam, jelly,

liqueur, sorbey, chutney, conserved fruits, etc. It has 2 scales : one
in degree baumé (15-40° Baumé) and the other in g./ml (1100-
1400 g./ml).
Mini precision balance with lid - from 0 to 500 gr.

4887.00 11,5 6,4 1,8 0,13
Accurate scale with lid. Precision 0.1 gr.

Perfect for spices.
Fonction tare and auto-off.
2 batteries 1,5V supplied
Candy thermometer +80°C / +200°C with stainless steel case Candy thermometer +80°C / +200°C with nylon case
Code Designation Øcm Lcm Kg Code Designation Øcm Lcm Kg

4884.01N PRECISION 1/1 0,2 27,5 0,1 4884.00N PRECISION 1/1 0,35 27,5 0,07
This thermometer is used for pastry and The thermometer and sleeve can be washed This thermometer is used for pastry and sleeve can be washed in a dishwasher.
candy. It does not contain mercury, but a in a dishwasher. candy. It does not contain mercury, but a
less toxic red liquid. It is calibrated to allow less toxic red liquid. It is calibrated to allow
for immersion of the lower thinner part of for immersion of the lower thinner part of
the stem. The protective sleeve can be the stem. The protective sleeve can be
sterilized at 100°C. sterilized at 100°C. The thermometer and
Stainless steel oven thermometer - precision from +50°C to + 300 °C

Code Designation Wcm Hcm Kg
4885.01 Precision 1/1 6 7 0,54
To check the temperature in the oven during cooking. Easy cleaning

with water and soap.
Page 163
Small plastic thermometer - from - 40°C to 40°C
4761.00N From -40°C to +50°C 13,5 2,4 0,13 0,01
This metric thermometer goes from -40°C to +40°C and is specially

adapted for the cold. The thermometer has an all-plastic body. The
column is very visible.
Electronic cooking digital thermometer-timer

4885.00N Use T° : from -25° to + 250 °C 7 6 1,8 1 0,54
This thermometer has a 1 meter (3 feet)- metal wire. The probe

resists to temperatures from 0°C to 250°C. It is used to read the
inner temperature of food during cooking. Instant digital readout.
The stainless steel probe and wire are heat resistant. Equipped with
an automatic alarm sound. There is a magnet for metal surface
attachment.
Digital waterproof thermometer for meat -50°C to +200 °C Thermometer for foie gras and ham- from + 30°C to +100°C
Code Designation Lcm Kg Code Designation Wcm Liters. Kg

4881.00N L. probe 12 cm 20 0,06 4882.01 in a protective plastic holder 0,6 24 0,02
This electronic digital thermometer is helpful

for checking the temperature of cooking
meat. The probe is pointed and penetrates
easily into the meat. Do not use in the oven
or in microwave oven.
Kit THERMO CONNECT PRO with sensor

4885.30 Kit THERMO CONNECT PRO : Case and sensor 16,5 15 5 0,15
4885.31 Sensor Thermo Connect Pro 13,5 8,3 6,1 0,05
Thermometer and hygrometer ambiant + probe temperature (cable

1.5 meter) with transmission via radio frenquency (868 mhz) and
internet.
Warning, monitoring and temperature recording on mobile.
Graphic, transmission via email (csv file).
Kit 4885.30 necessary. Do not buy a sensor alone.
MEASURING INTERVAL : 3,5 min (except high variation and alert)
Range : -40+60°C /20-99%
Accuracy : +/-1°C / +/-5% - Sonde+/- 0,5°C
Sensor : 2x1,5V AAA not included (1 year)
Page 164
Infrared thermometer from -38°C to +365°C.
4881.10 18,5 8 0,17
AUTO-OFF function . Backlight. Indicates temperature in °C or °F

Supplied with a cover for belt.
2 batteries 1.5V included.
Stainless steel mechanical timer with magnet Electronic stopwatch timer - 20 hours
Code Designation Øcm Th.mm Kg Code Designation Lcm Wcm

4650.10 6 3,8 0,09 4650.00N Timer 20 hours 50 60
Stopwatch 20 minutes
Countdown the remaining time in red. This timer is a count down one (up to
Ringtone strong. It has a magnetic back. 19hours and 59 minutes) and is ideal for
cooking in order to respect cooking time. It
has a magnetic back clip and easel stand.
Battery included.
Page 165
UTENSILS
Polyethylene cutting board
Sharp angles
4920.60N White 60 40 2 3,9
The polythene cutting board is more hygienic than a wooden

board because of the non-porous material.
Stainless steel cutting board rack for 6 boards

4140.00N Spacement 3 cm 27 31,5 27,5 1,1
This practical rack lets you stack different cutting boards away or
leave them to drain after washing. It lets you easily identify and
take the right board.
Alcohol gel for burning.

Code Designation Øcm Lcm Wcm Hcm Liters. Kg PU
4409.01N Set of 2 small measures 80 gr. 9 2 0,2 6
4409.02N Gel alcohol small measure 200 g 8,5 5 0,25 1

4409.52N Box of 72 measures 200 gr. 1
4409.05N Gel alcohol 1- liter bottle 23,5 1 1 12
4409.04 Gel alcohol bucket 4 kg 26 18,5 4 4
Safer than liquid methylated spirit, this alcohol gel for burning is
odourless and has the same heating power as liquid methylated.
This high-heat output alcohol will maintain heat for 3,5 hours per
200g shot. Meets environmental standards. ETHANOL spirit.
Foodgrade string Rotifil - Heavy duty

4337.01 Set of 10 reels 45 gr 6 4,8 0,45
Rotifil 2TE ø 0,8mm
4338.01 Reel 1 kg 10 14 1
Rotifil 3TE ø 01,1 mm
High resistance to breaking. Use from -40°C to +220°C. Regular

diameter - height - weight. Good whiteness Foodgrade. Suitable for
direct contact with foodstuffs in compliance with legislation in
force EU 10/2011. Guaranted without formaldehyde. Slightly
absorbent. Can be used in automatic machine. Made in france.
Page 166
UTENSILS
Metal cleaner
Code Designation Liters. Kg PU
COPPER cleaner
4200.01N 150 ml 0,15 0,24 6
This cleaner gives brilliance back to hot water and dry it carefully.
your utensils. It is really easy to
use: first, clean your pan. Wet the
sponge with hot water and dip it in
the cleaner. Rub the whole pan
with the sponge. Then rinse it with
Box of 10 neoprene pairs of handle gloves for thermic protection

4636.10 Small size 7 cm 24 14,5 6 0,36

4636.20 Large size 11 cm for 24 14,5 6 0,44
Fits to the handles of stewpan, sauté-pan etc. to handle without

any risk of burning

4636.00 20,5 13 5,5 0,26
Page 167
PAT I S S E R I E :
A N A RT A N D A S C I E N C E
When it comes to patisserie, you can let your imagination run wild and try
out anything that takes your fancy. Our equipment has been developed to
guarantee precise results and beautiful aesthetics. We work with leading pastry
chefs including winners of the World Pastry Cup and the Meilleur Ouvrier de
France competition who help us develop new and innovative utensils that are
highly technical and brillantly performing.
- 172 -
Stainless steel moulds
Nonstick steel moulds
Steel moulds
- 186 -
Stainless steel rings
- 1 97 -
Round trays
- 199 -
Baking supports & trays
-204 -
Cutters & rolls
- 206 -
Chocolate & sugar work
- 208 -
Nozzles & pastry bags
- 2 24 -
Pastry accessories
Pastry
PASTRY BOX Pastry
Box #HOMEMADEBREAD

4713.00 47,5 30 10 1,24
Composition:
- Baking tray for 2 baguettes, nonstick steel
- Rectangular mould, nonstick steel
- Baker blade to slit the dough before baking bread
- Supple plastic scraper
Page 170
PASTRY BOX Pastry
Box #HOMEBAKING tarts

3030.00 47,5 30 10 1,53
Composition :
- Perforated fluted stainless steel tart ring ø 24 cm
- Round tray made of blue steel ø 28 cm
- Round stainless steel grate with feet ø 28 cm
- Cake server made of stainless steel and beechwood handle
Box #HOMEBAKING Cakes & tarts

4713.03 47,5 30 10 1,56
Composition:
- Square tart mould made of nonstick steel L.23 cm
- Rectangular mould made of nonstick steel
- Square mould made of nonstick steel L.22,5 cm - Ht 5 cm
Page 171
PASTRY Stainless steel mould
Jonathan Mougel
Meilleur Ouvrier de France (MOF) in Pâtisserie and Confectionery, 2019
"I’ve used De Buyer products from the very beginning of my career.
Their incredible expertise has always satisfied my desire to explore
and experiment. We’ve developed together over time, each sharing the
same focus on research and innovation. De Buyer turns my ambitions
into reality. Their support has always been unwavering, including when
I was awarded the prestigious title of Meilleur Ouvrier de France in
Pâtisserie and Confectionery in 2019."
JonathJan Mougel has come up with recipes for delicious desserts and
pâtisseries, using our collection of pastry rings and forms. Discover his
creations.
Tools av ailable
for in-store
promotion:
dedicated
packaging
recipes
background
visuals
digital kits
Stainless steel long mould for yule log with removable ends - L. 30 cm
Code Designation Øcm Lcm Wcm Hcm Kg

3206.30 Round 6,5 cm high 7,5 30 6,5 0,6
3206.04 Round - small size 4 cm high 4 30 4,4 4 0,21
Delivered in decorated box
3205.30 Square 30 6,5 6,5 0,66
3205.04 Square - Small size 4 cm 30 4 4
3204.30 Triangular 30 8 6,5 0,55
Stainless steel long mould to make pâtés and mousses (vegetable, meat or fish) , foie gras, Tip: the mould becomes waterproof by lining it with cling film before filling.
ice-creams, Swiss rolls, cream cakes, yule logs, etc.
The small models can be used alone or in combination with the large standard models to
Our secret : a professional design with thick stainless steel to obtain a mould that keeps its make an insert in your preparation.
shape and a uniform heat or cold distribution. Smooth surface for an elegant finish.
Easy assembly and turning out thanks to the removable end caps and the smooth edges.
Multiple uses : cold uses (freezer - deep freezer) and hot uses (oven- bain-marie). Do not use
in microwave.
Easy care of stainless steel. Dishwasher safe.
Page 172
4 supple plastic sheets in relief for cream cake decoration

For yule log 3206.30
4343.00 30 18,5 0,1
The supple plastic sheet is to place

in the mould for rolled-cake or in
the pastry frame before making
your cream cake.
An original relief decoration on the
cake is obtained after freezing.
4 patterns are available.
No oven cooking. No dishwasher
MADE IN FRANCE
St. steel long round mould with removable ends - Professional size
3206.80 50 8 6,5 1 0,85
Ideal for making pâtés (with one or two flavours), Yule logs, Swiss
rolls, etc. The walls are extra-smooth and turning out is easy. Both
end plates are removable.
Page 173
FABIEN PAIRON - MOF Charcutier-Traiteur
Teacher at the hotel school from Lausanne
(Ecole Hôtelière de Lausanne)
M. Pairon imagined,designed and worked
on an innovative rectangular mould for "Pâté en Croûte" (meat pie):
Practical, functional and efficient.
Easy forming, filling, removal and storage.
Multiuse : Pâté Croûte (rectangular meat pie), sweet and
savory cakes, special breads, ginger bread , etc.
Developed and manufactured by de Buyer in France.
Foldable stainless steel rectangular baking mould GEOFORME

PERFORATED MODEL
3210.24 24 5 6 0,55
3210.35 35 7 7,5 0,93
3210.48 Professional size only 48 9 8,5 1,28
PLAIN MODEL
3211.24 24 5 6 0,7 0,7
3211.35 35 7 7,5 1,8 1,14
3211.48 Professional size only 48 8 8,5 3,6 1,56
Product developed in collaboration with a professional to design the first foldable mould
whose fastening system can not be lost.
The perforated model allows even cooking of the dough.
Perfect for PATE EN CROUTE (meat pies), but also for breads, brioches, ginger breads or
cakes.
Can be associated with baking paper for oven cooking.
Page 174
Ultra resistant stainless steel perforated mould
Suitable for intensive professional use.
Cold or hot use without temperature limit.
Perfectly even and optimized cooking thanks to the 2-mm perforations on the whole
surface.
Removable bottom: easy unmoulding and easy cleaning.
Easy care of the stainless steel. Dishwasher safe
Made in France
Mould supplied with a nonstick baking sheet.

Cut to the shape of the mould. Fits perfectly into the mould. Time saving and higher
productivity.
Reusable over 200 times. Use T° from -170°C to + 260°C (-274° to 500°F)
Removable : possible to use the st/steel mould alone or with the baking sheet.
Tools available
for in-store promotion:
dedicated packaging
recipes
background pictures
digital kits
Rectangular mould with loose base with 2 baking sheets

3212.35 35 10,5 3,5 0,09
Page 175
Dismontable round mould with 2 nonstick baking sheets

3213.24 24 6,5 0,69
Perfect for Cheesecake, Brioches or pies.
Round fluted tart mould with loose base and 2 nonstick baking sheets
3214.28 28 2,5 0,52
Page 176
JÉRÔME LANGILLIER MAÎTRE PÂTISSIER
WORLD CHAMPION 2009
International consultant
Member of the Organizing Committe of the World Pastry Cup
Founding member of the International Desserts Academy
St/steel tube mould with its nonstick baking sheet - Concept Jérôme Langillier
A stainless steel long mould combined with a baking Code Designation Øcm Lcm Wcm Th.mm Kg
support. Mould: Robust. Heavy duty st/steel. Easy to Perfect for baba, Terrines
assembly with the removable ends. Nonstick baking and leavened doughs with yeast
sheet made of PTFE-coated glass fiber. 0,13-mm Removable ends
thick. Reusable over 200 times. Fits perfectly into the
mould. Easy moulding and unmoulding. Time saving 3203.20 Tube mould L.20 cm & baking sheet 4,5 20 0,8 0,25
and higher productivity. For sweet and savory While stocks last
preparations. 4344.30 Baking sheet for 3203.20 20 15,1 0,01
Use temperature : from -170°C to +260°C.
3203.30 Tube mould L.30 cm & baking support 4,5 30 0,8 0,33
4344.31 Baking sheet for 3203.30 30 15,1 0,01
St/steel oblique mould special Cake & baking sheet - Concept Jérôme Langillier

3208.23 Oblique long mould and baking sheet 23 5,5 5 0,8 0,34
Removable ends
4344.40 Baking sheet for 3208.23 35 15,5 0,01
from - 170°C to + 260 °C
Mould: Robust. Heavy duty st/steel. Easy to assembly with

the removable ends. Nonstick baking sheet made of PTFE-
coated glass fiber. 0,13-mm thick. Reusable over 200 times.
Fits perfectly into the mould. Cut to the shape of the mould
and can be used as a template for pastry. Easy moulding and
unmoulding. Time saving and higher productivity.
Page 177
St/steel mould special Pâté en Croûte & baking sheet - Concept Jérôme Langillier
3202.04 Rectangular mould and baking sheet 30 4 6 0,8 0,45
Removable ends
4344.20 Baking sheet for 3202.04 44 17 0,01
from - 170°C to + 260 °C
Mould: Robust. Heavy duty st/steel. Easy to assembly with the

removable ends. Nonstick baking sheet made of PTFE-coated glass
fiber. 0,13-mm thick. Reusable over 200 times. Fits perfectly into
the mould. Cut to the shape of the mould and can be used as a
template for pastry. Easy moulding and unmoulding. Time saving
and higher productivity.
St. steel straight "Génoise" mould, watertight

4770.40 40 30 5 1 1,4
4770.53 GN 1/1 53 32 5 1 1,85
4770.60 59 39 5 1 2,53
The straight-sided sponge cake mould is leakproof and lets you

make biscuits, flans, rice puddings, etc. Being made from stainless
steel, it is perfectly hygienic and easy to keep clean.
Stainless steel "Bordelais" fluted moulds

3065.35 3,5 4 0,8 0,03
3065.45 4,5 4,2 0,8 0,04
3065.55 5,5 5,5 0,8 0,06
Copper "Bordelais" fluted moulds

TINNED COPPER
6820.35N 3,5 3,3 0,03 0,8 0,01
6820.45N 4,5 4,2 0,06 1 0,03
6820.55N 5,5 5 0,1 1,2 0,05
These moulds allow to use the traditional method for making

Bordeaux's famous crunchy Canelé cakes. The copper ensures
perfect heat convection for a good caramelization of the juices and
a delicious taste.
Page 178
Crème-caramel mould "dariole", stainless steel
Code Designation Øcm Hcm Liters. Th.mm Kg PU
3095.45N 4,8 4 0,05 0,8 0,04 6
3095.55N 5,5 5,1 0,14 0,8 0,06 6
3095.65N 6,4 6 0,18 0,8 0,08 6
3095.80 8 7,6 0,32 0,8 0,12 6
The "Dariol" mould is made from extra-smooth stainless steel for

easy turning out; this way, the product has a really nice appearance
when turned out. The mould is sturdy and will not distort. The
shape is perfect for caramel creams.
Hemispherical dome mould, stainless steel

Code Designation Øcm Hcm Liters. Th.mm Kg PU
3133.04N 4 2 0,02 1,2 0,02 10
3133.06N 6 2,7 0,05 1 0,03 5
3133.08N 8 4 0,13 1 0,08 5
3133.10N 10 4,8 0,25 1,2 0,13 5
3133.12 12 5,9 0,45 1,2 0,19 3
3133.14N 14 6,7 0,67 1,2 0,24 3
3133.16N 16 8 1 0,8 0,33 3
3133.18N 18 8,7 1,46 1,5 0,37 2
3133.20N 20 10 2,06 1,5 0,45 2
The various pastry ring shapes allow a pastrycook to make cakes
which are good-looking and original, enabling him or her to stand
out from the crowd. What's more, the original shape of the cream
cake is itself decorative and therefore cuts back on decorating
time. The st. steel ring keeps its shape throughout its use but is
not too thick for good heat convection during cooking.
Professional Charlotte mould, no lid - Stainless steel

3125.07 6,7 4,5 0,14 0,07
3125.10 9,7 6 0,4 0,13
3125.16 16 9 1,5 0,36
3125.18 17,7 10 2,1 0,43
3125.20 19,8 11 3 0,52
Glass lid Ref.3429 are suitable to the
Charlotte moulds ø 164-16-18-20 cm
The charlotte mould, with its high sides, is ideal for all sorts of
preparations: Charlottes, plum duff, aspic jellies, ice-creams... The
two handles allow a firm hold for easy turning out. Stainless steel
guarantees good heat transmission and easy cleaning. The
corresponding lid ref. 3429 or 4112 is sold separately.
Page 179
PASTRY Nonstick steel pastry moulds
Nonstick steel pastry moulds
Robust steel for good oven performance
Steel thickness suitable for efficient heat conduction and perfect cooking.
Nonstick coating guaranteed without PFOA or PFOS. Easy unmoulding and cleaning.
Round fluted tart mould with straight edge Round fluted tart mould with straight edge - Loose base
Code Designation Øcm Hcm Th.mm Kg Code Designation Øcm Hcm Th.mm Kg
4705.20 20 2 0,6 0,18 4706.20 19,8 2 0,6 0,21
4705.24 24 2,8 0,6 0,32 4706.24 23 2,8 0,6 0,32
4705.28 28 3 0,6 0,43 4706.28 28 3 0,6 0,47
4705.32 32 3 0,6 0,56 4706.32 32 3 0,6 0,61
Round fluted fruit tart mould

4707.28 28 3 0,4 0,26
Page 180
Round fluted tart mould with oblique edge
4703.10 10 2 0,4 0,04
4703.12 12 2 0,4 0,05
Rectangular fluted tart mould with loose base

4708.20 20 8 2,7 0,6 0,15
4708.36 35,6 10,2 2,7 0,6 0,32
Square fluted tart mould with loose base

4709.18 18 18 2,7 0,6 0,25
4709.23 23 23 2,7 0,6 0,41
Charlotte round mould without lid

4719.18 18 10 0,23
GLASS LID FOR CHARLOTTE MOULD :
3429.18 18 0,35
Square pastry mould

4700.22 22,5 22,5 5
Page 181
Round pastry mould
4718.16 16 5 0,14
4718.20 20 5 0,2
4718.26 26 5 0,3
Round pastry mould

4717.20 20 3,7 0,6 0,17
4717.23 23 3,8 0,6 0,21
4717.28 28 5 0,6 0,32
Brioche fluted mould

4702.10 Mini brioche mould 10 4,5 0,4 0,05
4702.22 22 8,3 0,4 0,24
Kougloff mould
4701.22 22 10 0,29
Set of 4 "Canelés Bordelais" fluted individual moulds

4718.05 5,5 0,16
Page 182
Rectangular tray of individual pastry moulds

12 Muffins ø 7 cm Ht 3 cm
4843.00 38 27 3,5 0,4 0,42
12 Madeleines
4710.12 26 20 1,4 0,4 0,2
12 round tarlets ø 7 cm
4711.12 34 26 1,9 0,4 0,35
6 Mini-Savarins ø 8 cm
4712.06 21,5 31,5 2,2 0,4 0,34
12 Mini-Savarins ø 7 cm
4712.12 34,3 26,2 2,2 0,4 0,4
Round Savarin pastry mould

4712.24 24 0,41
Dismontable round Savarin pastry mould - 2 bottoms for 2 uses

4766.26 26 0,55
Dismontable round pastry mould

Code Designation Øcm Hcm Kg PU
4844.20 20 6,7 0,27 3
4844.24 24 6,7 0,3 3
4844.26 26 6,7 0,33 3
4844.28 28 6,7 0,36 3
Page 183
Oven tray with insulating double wall
4714.00 35,5 27,5 0,3 0,4 0,68
Double wall : perfect for macaroons and cookies

cooking.
Rectangular cake mould with rounded edges Rectangular cake mould with folded edges
Code Designation Lcm Wcm Hcm Th.mm Kg Code Designation Lcm Wcm Hcm Th.mm Kg
4715.15 15 7,5 4,8 0,4 0,1 4716.25 25 10,8 7 0,3 0,24
4715.24 24 13 6,1 0,4 0,23 4716.30 30 10,8 7 0,3 0,28
4715.26 26 10 6,3 0,4 0,21
Perforated baking tray for 2 baguettes

4713.02 37 16,2 2,5 0,6 0,26
Suitable also for giving a rounded shape for

chocolate decors or almond tuiles.
Page 184
PASTRY Steel pastry moulds
Blue steel pastry moulds
Robust steel for good oven performance. No coating.
Steel thickness suitable for efficient heat conduction and perfect cooking.
Round fluted tartlet mould, blue steel

5356.09 9 2 0,6 0,05
5356.11 11 2 0,6 0,07
5356.14 14 2 0,6 0,1
5356.17 17 3 0,6 0,16
Fluted pie pan with loose base, blue steel

5357.24 24 2,5 0,6 0,34 5
5357.27 26,3 2,5 0,6 0,39 5
5357.30 29,2 2,5 0,6 0,44 5
The high-sided pie tray is ideal for making all kinds of quiches and
tarts. Steel plate is a very good heat conductor and lets you make
crusty pie pastries. The model with loose base is easy to use as it
allows problem-free removal.
Rectangular cake mould , blue steel

5359.26 9 26 11 0,6 0,37
Baking fluted mould for "Tuile" and bread, blue steel

5358.35 35 14 0,31
Suitable also for giving a rounded

shape for chocolate decors or
almond tuiles.
Page 185
PASTRY Rings and molds - Stainless steel
Perforated stainless steel tart ring with straight edge - ROUND

HEIGHT 2 CM
3099.01 4,7 cl 5,5 2 0,02
3099.02 6,6 cl 6,5 2 0,02
3099.03 8,8 cl 7,5 2 0,03
3099.00 11,3 cl 8,5 2 0,03
3099.04 17,3 cl 10,5 2 0,04
3099.05 24,5 cl 12,5 2 0,04
3099.06 37,7 cl 15,5 2 0,05
3099.07 53,7 cl 18,5 2 0,07
3099.08 66 cl 20,5 2 0,08
3099.09 94, 2 cl 24,5 2 0,1
3099.10 127,6 cl 28,5 2 0,12
HEIGHT 3,5 CM
3098.01 5,5 3,5 0,04
3098.02 6,5 3,5 0,04
3098.03 7,5 3,5 0,05
3098.00 8,5 3,5 0,06
3098.04 10,5 3,5 0,07
3098.05 12,5 3,5 0,08
3098.06 15,5 3,5 0,1
3098.07 18,5 3,5 0,12
3098.08 20,5 3,5 0,13
3098.09 24,5 3,5 0,15
3098.10 28,5 3,5 0,18
3006.01 Pusher for round ring ø 7.5 - 8 cm 7,4 6,1 0,05
Created in partnership with the “Ecole Valrhona”, these new tart pastry rim.
rings with small holes enable an uniform baking of the pie/tart
edges. The straight edge allows an easy removal and a perfect
Page 186
Perforated stainless steel tart ring with straight edge - SQUARE

HEIGHT 2 CM
3099.19 Perforated indiv. 10 cl 7 7 2 0,04
3099.21 40 cl 15 15 2 0,12
3099.23 60 cl 17,5 17,5 2 0,13
3099.22 80 cl 20 20 2 0,15
3006.02 Pusher for square pastry form 8 cm 7,7 6,1 0,04
HEIGHT 3,5 CM
While stocks last
3098.19 7 7 3,5 0,06
3098.20 8 8 3,5 0,06
3098.21 15 15 3,5 0,12
3098.22 20 20 3,5 0,16
3098.23 17,5 17,5 3,5 0,16
Created in partnership with the “Ecole Valrhona”, these new tart
edges. The right edge allows an easy removal and a perfect pastry
rim.
Perforated stainless steel tart ring with straight edge - HEART

3099.50 9,5 cl - individual 8 2 0,03
3099.51 20 cl - 2 p. 12 2 0,05
3099.52 40 cl - 4 p. 18 2 0,08
3099.53 60 cl - 6 p. 22 2 0,1
Page 187
Perforated stainless steel tart ring with straight edge - HEXAGONAL

In partnership with
the "Ecole Valrhona"
3099.60 11 11 2 0,04
While stocks last

3099.61 22 22 2 0,1
3099.62 26,5 26,5 2 0,12
3099.63 31 31 2 0,14
Created in partnership with the “Ecole Valrhona”, these new
tart rings with small holes enable an uniform baking of the
pie/tart edges.
The right edge allows an easy removal and a perfect pastry
rim.
Perforated stainless steel tart ring with straight edge - RECTANGLE

HEIGHT 2 CM
3099.30 10 cl - individual 12 4 2 0,09
3099.32 40 cl - 4 p. 25 8 2 0,1
3099.33 60 cl - 6 p. 28 11 2 0,12
HEIGHT 3,5 CM
3098.30 12 4 3,5 0,07
Created in partnership with the “Ecole Valrhona”, these new tart

edges. The right edge allows an easy removal and a perfect pastry
rim.
Perforated stainless steel tart ring with straight edge - OBLONG

3099.40 9,3 cl - individual 14,5 3,5 2 0,06
3006.04 Pusher for oblong rings L. 14 cm 14 3,2 6,1 0,03
3099.42 40 cl - 4 p. 27 8 2 0,09
3099.43 60 cl- 6 p. 30 11 2 0,1
Page 188
Perforated stainless steel tart ring with straight edge- CALISSON

3099.70 10 cl - Individual ring 12 5 2
3099.72 20 cl - 2 p. 18 7,8 2
While stocks last
3099.73 40 cl - 4 p. 25,5 11 2
While stocks last
Perforated fluted stainless steel tart ring with straight edge
Code Designation Øcm Lcm Wcm Hcm

ROUND
3030.20 20 3
3030.24 24 3
3030.28 28 3
3030.32 32 3
SQUARE
3031.23 23 23 3
RECTANGULAR
3032.35 35 10 3
Page 189
Perforated tart ring, rolled edge, height 2 cm
3093.06 6 2 0,4 0,02
3093.08 8 2 0,4 0,03
3093.10 10 2 0,4 0,04
3093.22 22 2 0,4 0,1
3093.24 24 2 0,4 0,11
3093.26 26 2 0,4 0,12
3093.28 28 2 0,4 0,13
These perforated rings are mainly designed for making pies and holes around the ring enables to suppress air bubbles to obtain a
tarts. The pie ring is easier to use than a mould because it takes up perfect crusty-baked tart.
less space on a baking plate and it's easy to turn out. The small
Tart ring, rolled edge, height 2 cm

3091.06N 6 2 0,4 0,02
3091.08N 8 2 0,4 0,03
3091.10N 10 2 0,4 0,04
3091.12N 12 2 0,4 0,04
3091.14N 14 2 0,4 0,05
3091.16N 16 2 0,4 0,06
3091.18N 18 2 0,4 0,07
3091.20N 20 2 0,4 0,08
3091.22N 22 2 0,4 0,09
3091.24N 24 2 0,4 0,1
3091.26N 26 2 0,4 0,11
3091.28N 28 2 0,4 0,12
3091.30N 30 2 0,4 0,13
3091.32N 32 2 0,4 0,14
These stainless steel rings, 2cm high (3/4"), are mainly designed for be positioned on the same tray). Apart from that, it's easy to turn
making pies and tarts. The pie ring is easier to use than a mould out.
because it takes up less space on a baking plate (several rings can
Stainless steel round ring, height 4,5 cm

3989.05 5 4,5 0,8 0,04 6
3989.06 6 4,5 0,8 0,05 6
3989.65 6,5 4,5 0,8 0,06 1
3989.07 7 4,5 0,8 0,06 6
3989.75 7,5 4,5 0,8 0,07 6
3989.08 8 4,5 0,8 0,08 6
3006.01 Pusher for round ring ø 7.5 - 8 cm 7,4 6,1 0,05 1
3989.10 10 4,5 0,8 0,09 1
3989.12 12 4,5 0,8 0,11 1
3989.14 14 4,5 0,8 0,12 1
3989.16 16 4,5 1 0,18 1
3989.18 18 4,5 1 0,2 1
3989.20 20 4,5 1 0,22 1
3989.22 22 4,5 1 0,24 1
3989.24 24 4,5 1 0,27 1
3989.26 26 4,5 1 0,29 1
3989.28 28 4,5 1,2 0,36 1
The 4,5 cm high (1-3/4") pastry rings are perfect for mousse-based
desserts that have a Joconde biscuit bottom.
Page 190
Stainless steel round standard - height 6 cm
3940.12 12 6 0,8 0,14
3940.14 14 6 0,8 0,16
3940.16 16 6 1 0,23
3940.18 18 6 1 0,26
3940.20 20 6 1 0,29
3940.22 22 6 1 0,32
3940.24 24 6 1 0,35
3940.26 26 6 1 0,39
3940.28 28 6 1,2 0,4
3940.30 30 6 1,2 0,51
The 6cm high (2-1/2") pastry rings are perfect for vacherins, among
other things.
St/steel round high ring -for "PAIN SURPRISE", Panettone, Wedding cakes

3912.08 30 cl 8 6 1 0,12
3912.12 90 cl 12 8 1 0,23
3912.16 200 cl 16 10 1 0,39
3912.20 380 cl 20 12 1 0,59
3912.24 630 cl 24 14 1 0,82
Perfect for baking Pain Surprise, Panettone or wedding with baking paper or baking nonstick sheets. Robust and
cakes. Suitable for oven cooking and freezing. To combine undistortable.
Stainless steel extensible rings
Code Designation Hcm Th.mm Kg

3040.03 from ø 18 to 36 cm - Graduated 3 0,8 0,15
Perfect for tarts - 3 cm high
3040.01 from ø 18 to 36 cm - Graduated 4,5 0,8 0,27
3040.02 from ø 18 to 36 cm - Graduated 6,5 0,8 0,37
Page 191
Stainless steel expandable rectangular frame

3013.21 Exp.to maxi. 40x21cm 21,5 11,5 7,5 1 1,07
3013.43 Exp.to maxi. 56 x84cm 43 29 5 1 1,29
Stainless steel expandable square frame

3013.16 Max. size 30x30 cm 16 16 5 1 0,57
3013.20 Max. size 37x37 cm 20 20 5 1 0,69
Perfect for trays 40x30cm
3013.30 Max. size 5 x57 cm 30 30 5 1 0,82
Setting & maintaining the size thanks to fixing notches.
Graduated.
Perfect result thanks to the smooth inner side.
Waterproof on a flat baking support.
Pastry frame, stainless steel

3015.36 For tray 40x 30 cm 36 26 4,5 2,5 1,1
3015.49 For GN 1/1 size 49 29 4,5 2,5
3015.35 57 37 3,5 2,5 1,12
3015.40 57 37 4 2,5 1,4
3015.45 57 37 4,5 2,5 1,6
3015.50 57 37 5 2,5 1,86
3018.40 57 9 4 2,5 1,04
While stocks last
3018.49 For GN 1/1 size 49 9 4,5 2,5
These stainless steel biscuit frames are extra thick and will not
distort. The are easy to keep clean.
Page 192
Stainless steel square rings, height 4,5 cm
3906.08 Small square Ht 4,5 cm 8 8 4,5 0,8 0,1
3906.12 12 12 4,5 1 0,17
3906.16 16 16 4,5 1 0,24
3906.20 20 20 4,5 1 0,29
3906.24 24 24 4,5 1,2 0,42
3906.28 28 28 4,5 1,2 0,49
Stainless steel square rings, height 2 cm

3905.08 Small square Ht 2 cm 8 8 2 1 0,05
3905.12 12 12 2 1 0,08
3905.16 16 16 2 1,2 0,19
3905.20 20 20 2 1,2 0,16
3905.24 24 24 2 1,2 0,19
3905.28 28 28 2 1,2 0,21
CUSTOMIZATION Consult us for your made-to-measure rings
St. steel "raplette" spreader - Adjustable in width and height

3002.01 Equipped with removable decorating double comb 40 17 6 1,5 0,92
3002.00 Without decorating double comb 40 17 6 1,5 0,91
3002.99 Decorating double comb with teeth 40 1,5 0,22

Removable - with 2 different shapes
The Pascal spreader lets you spread out cream or chocolate with a
single action. A special feature is its adjustable width and height.
These allow you to make very thin layers. Use it with or without its
detachable cream-comb teeth. The cream-comb has two different
triangular tooth spacings. The spreader is also handy for preparing
chocolate shavings.
Page 193
Stainless steel heart-shaped ring
HEIGHT 40 mm
3077.06 Heart ø 6 cm 6 4 0,8 0,06 6
3077.14 Equivalent to a 14 cm ring 14 4 1 0,16 1
The heart form lets you make cakes, ice-cream, or other desserts
with an original shape that's perfect for birthdays, Mother's Day,
and of course, Saint Valentine's day.
Plastic confectioner's ribbon (200 m) - 150 microns - Professional size

042002 40 mm high 4 1,65
042003 45 mm high 4,5 1,8
042004 50 mm high 5 2,14
042005 60 mm high 6 2,17
Cake-moulding tapes let you line the insides of pastry rings before
moulding cream cakes in them. They then make it easy to turn out
the frozen cake without damaging the exterior.
Polypropylene precut sheets - 60 microns - Professional size

Code Designation Lcm Hcm Kg
042011 For cakes ø 65 mm and Ht 40 mm 21,5 4 0,23
500 sheets
The transparent polypropylene sheet is for lining cake moulds in

order to ensure easy turning out after cream cakes have been
chilled. These pre-cut linings match the Fab'Rapid shapes or other
individual rings and allow even better productivity.
Polypropylene confectioners' ribbon - 60 microns

Set of 100 strips
042016 For lining cakes until max. ø8cm 27 4,5 0,06
10-meter roll
042024 Ht 45 mm 5,2 4,5 0,03
042026 Ht 60 mm 5,2 6 0,04
The transparent polypropylene sheet is for lining cake moulds in

order to ensure easy turning out after cream cakes have been
chilled.
Page 194
Stainless steel oblong individual ring
- Code Designation Lcm Wcm Hcm Th.mm Kg

CREATION MATHIEU BLANDIN
World pastry champion 2013
3037.14 Oblong Mathieu Blandin 14,5 3,5 2 1 0,06
In partnership with
the "Ecole Valrhona"
Perforated st/steel ring with straight edge
3099.40 9,3 cl - individual 14,5 3,5 2 0,06
Stainless steel rectangular ring, sharp corners

3943.08 8 2,5 2,5 1,2 0,03
3943.10 10 2,5 3 1,2 0,04
3943.11 Rectangular ring 11,5 4 1,7 0,09
3943.12 12 4 3 1,2 0,09
3943.13 12 4 4 1,2 0,12
3942.16 16 3 2,5 1,2 0,09
3941.18 18 3 2 1,2 0,08
This shape of mould is especially well suited for arranging fillings
on a dish: for coating cooked vegetables, rice, vegetarian lasagne,
or adding a touch of elegance to dishes such as salmon tartare.
Stainless steel small square individual ring & pusher

3906.08 Small square Ht 4,5 cm 8 8 4,5 0,8 0,1
3905.08 Small square Ht 2 cm 8 8 2 1 0,05
Stainless steel small individual ring

Code Designation Øcm Lcm Wcm Hcm Th.mm Kg PU
3938.40 Round ø 60 - Ht 40 mm 6 4 0,8 0,05 6
3939.06 Round ø 65 - Ht 40 mm 6,5 4 0,8 0,05 6
3096.01 Round ø 45 - Ht 25 mm 4,5 2,5 0,8 0,02 6
3069.06 Ovale equivalent to a ø 60 mm ring 8 5,5 4,5 0,8 0,04 6
3037.06 Oblong equivalent to a ø 60 mm ring 7,4 3,3 4,5 0,8 0,04 6
3037.07 Oblong equivalent to a ø 70 mm ring 8,8 5,2 4,5 0,8 0,05 6
3037.14 Oblong Mathieu Blandin 14,5 3,5 2 1 0,06 1
Page 195
Stainless steel small individual pastry ring
Code Designation Øcm Lcm Wcm Hcm Th.mm Kg PU
3937.08 small cake = ring ø7,5 cm 9,4 4,5 0,8 0,08 6
3077.06 Heart ø 6 cm 6 4 0,8 0,06 6
3139.06 Small indiv. square ring, rounded angles 6 6 4 0,8 0,05 6

3027.08 Individual 8 5 4 0,8 0,05 6
The individual shapes are made of stainless steel and used to make
small cakes, mousses, individual cream cakes.
Stainless steel pastry form "Calisson"

INDIVIDUAL :
3076.11 "Calisson" shaped ring L.11 cm 11 5 4 0,15 0,8 6
MIGNARDISE:
3076.05 "Calisson" shaped ring L.5,5 cm 5,5 2,5 0,8 0,02 1
Stainless steel pusher for individual pastry rings and forms

Page 196
PASTRY Round trays
Round pizza tray, heavy blue steel

5350.20 20 1 0,26 5
5350.24 24 1 0,37 5
5350.26 26 1 0,43 5
5350.28 28 1 0,52 5
5350.32 32 1 0,65 5
5350.36 36 1,2 1 5
5350.40 40 1,5 1,2 5
This round tray with flared edges is made of blue steel plate,
1.0mm to 1.5mm thick (16-20 gauge) according to diameter. The
plaque will not distort and ensures good heat transmission. This
steel plate has a high-quality surface that will not stain pastry
bottoms; it is micro-roughened, creating an air mattress between
the food to be cooked and the metal. Ideal for pizzas.
Perforated pizza tray, heavy blue steel - Holes ø 10 mm

Code Designation Øcm Kg PU
5353.24 24 0,32 5
5353.28 28 0,45 5
5353.32 32 0,59 5
Thickness 1 mm
Round pierced pizza tray, aluminium - Hole ø 10 mm

7366.24 24 0,7 1 0,11 5
7366.26 26 0,7 1 0,13 5
7366.28 28 0,7 1 0,15 5
7366.32 32 0,7 1 0,2 5
The low-profile pie tray with its slightly raised edges is perfect for
making pizzas, flammenkuche savory tarts, etc. The bottom is
perforated to enable you to obtain a crusty-baked pie bottom.
Page 197
PASTRY Round trays
Non-stick aluminium round tray "CHOC"
8136.24 Round pizza tray 24 1 2 0,29
8136.28 Round pizza tray 28 1 2,3 0,41
8136.32 Round pizza tray 32 1 2,3 0,52
This round aluminium PTFE-coated plate is completely non-stick,

tough, and easy to keep clean. The edge is slightly raise to prevent
the mixture from spilling over into the oven during cooking.
Non-stick aluminium perforated round tray "CHOC"

8137.28 28 2,3 0,36
8137.32 32 2,3 0,47
The non-stick pie tray with its slightly raised edges is perfect for
making pizzas, flammenkuche savory tarts, etc. The bottom is
perforated to enable you to obtain a crusty-baked pie bottom.
Easy to clean.
Mould for upside down pie "Tatin", non-stick cast aluminium CHOC EXTREME
Induction
Code Designation Øcm Hcm Bottom ø cm Kg
8320.24 4/6 p. 24 5 16 0,82
8320.28 6/8 p. 28 5,5 18,5 1,2
This mould proves ideal for Tatin aluminium is ideal for providing
tarts, since it allows you to form a regular cooking conditions and
caramel layer directly in the mould and the thick bottom stands up
while it's on the heat. Once the excellently to deformation.
caramel is formed in the mould,
just add the apple slices, cover
with pastry, and place the mould
in the oven. Pressure cast
Round stainless steel grate with feet

0237.28 28 1,5 0,15
0237.32 32 1,7 0,23
Page 198
PASTRY Baking trays, baking supports and working mats
For the use in domestic oven of
the baking trays, baking supports and mats
choose the size 40 x 30 cm max.
The GN and 60 x 40 cm sizes are suitable
for professional ovens.
Steel baking tray straight edges

5362.40 40 30 2 1,2 1,57
5320.53 GN 1/1 53 32,5 2 1,2 1,97
5362.60 60 40 2 1,2 2,58
This black steel plate tray gives perfect heat transmission. This kind
of steel plate is perfect for baking; it will not stain the bottoms of
cakes or croissants. The surface of this steel plate is micro-
roughened, creating an air mattress between the food to be
cooked and the metal. Very resistant to long-lasting temperature
changes.
Steel baking tray oblique edges

5321.53 GN 1/1 53 32,5 1 1,2 1,71 5
5321.65 GN 2/1 65 53 1 1,2 3,28 3
5363.40 40 30 1 1,2 1,12 5
5363.60 60 40 1 1,2 2,24 5
This black steel plate tray gives perfect heat transmission. This kind
of steel plate is perfect for baking; it will not stain the bottoms of
cakes or croissants. The surface of this steel plate is micro-
roughened, creating an air mattress between the food to be
cooked and the metal. Very resistant to long-lasting temperature
changes.
Aluminium baking tray - Special hard 1,5mm-thick aluminium

7362.60 Straight edges 60 40 2 1,5 1,14
This aluminium tray is specially designed for transmitting the cold

in frozen food cabinets.
Aluminium baking tray - Special hard 1,5mm-thick aluminium

7360.40 Oblique edges 40 30 1 1,5 0,5 5
7360.53 Oblique edges 53 32,5 1 1,5 0,8 5
7360.60 Oblique edges 60 40 1 1,5 0,95 5
Page 199
Perforated flat baking tray - hard 1,5 mm thick aluminium
7368.30 special for mini domestic oven 30 20 1,5
7368.40 40 30 1,5
7368.53 53 32,5 1,5
7368.60 60 40 1,5
No edge for optimized space : it homogeneous cooking.

enables to put a baking paper or a
mat completely flat. The
perforations ø 3 mm enable an
Perforated baking tray - Special hard 1,5mm-thick aluminium

7367.40 Perforated ø 3 mm, oblique edges 40 30 1 1,5 0,5 5
7367.53 Perforated ø 3 mm, oblique edges 53 32,5 1 1,5 0,6 5
7367.60 Perforated ø 3 mm, oblique edges 60 40 1 1,5 0,72 5
The perforated plate with formed edges is ideal for use in fan
ovens. Example : toasting almonds. It is a perfect support for
cooking in silicone pastry moulds.
Non-stick aluminium perforated rectangular pastry tray - Holes ø 3 mm

8162.40 40 30 2
8162.53 53 32,5 2
8162.60 60 40 2
This non-stick tray with its slightly raised edges is perfect for
making pizzas, flammenkuche, etc. The bottom is perforated to
enable you to obtain a crusty-baked pie bottom. Easy to clean.
Non-stick baking tray aluminium, oblique edges, thickness 1,5 mm

8161.40 Rectangular pastry tray 40 30 1 2 0,65 5
8161.60 Rectangular pastry tray 60 40 1 2 1,3 5
8161.35 GN 2/3 35 32 2 0,62 5
8161.65 GN 2/1 65 53 1 2 1,9 5
8161.53 GN 1/1 53 32,5 1 2 0,95 5
These aluminium non-stick baking trays are designed for oven- from running off the plate during cooking.
cooking and are coated with "Choc" PTFE, ensuring optimum non-
stick qualities. The edges are flared, thus preventing preparations
Stainless steel baking tray, straight edges, Th. 1mm

3320.53 GN 1/1 53 32,5 1,5 1 1,55
3360.40 40 30 1,5 1 1,12
3360.60 60 40 1,7 1 2,13
Made of stainless steel, this straight-edged tray is perfectly

hygienic and easy to keep clean.
Page 200
Stainless steel baking tray, oblique edges, Th. 1mm

3321.53 GN 1/1 53 32,5 1 1 1,34 5
3321.65 GN 2/1 65 53 1 1 2,72 5
3361.40 40 30 1 1 0,9 5
3361.60 60 40 1 1 1,84 5
Made from stainless steel, this tray is perfectly hygienic and easy to
keep clean.
Baking wire grate, st. steel

3330.53N GN 1/1 - 2 crosspieces 53 32,5 2 0,57 5
(1)
3330.60N St. steel grate 60x40 cm 2 crosspieces 60 40 2 0,79 5

(2)
3330.65N GN 2/1 - 3 crosspieces 65 53 3 1,7 5

(3)
This professional stainless steel cake grate is easy to keep clean.

The crossbars and frame are 5mm (3/16") diameter and the grid
wire 2mm (1/16"). It is very robust and will not distort.
Stainless steel fluted sheet for "Tuiles"

3366.35 35 x 32 cm 2 0,6 1,02
These flat stainless steel trays are

rugged, easy to use, and easy to
keep clean.
Page 201
Silicone-coated baking paper - 100 % natural
PROFESSIONAL SIZE :
4359.00 Box of 250 sheets 60 x 40 cm 60 40 2 2,74
4358.00 Box of 250 sheets GN 1/1 53 32,5 2 1,92
4357.00 Roll l. 38 cm x 8 m 0,13

Baking paper unbleached - Brown

- Non-stick Silicone coated
- double side
- Reusable
Natural & Ecological. For oven cooking (traditional and microwave)
of pastry, breads and special frozen products until 220°C (428°F).
100% natural fibre 100% PEFC * & PFOA free guaranteed
Baking non-stick sheet

Code Designation Øcm Lcm Wcm Kg PU
from - 170°C to + 260 °C
PROFESSIONAL SIZE :
4344.08N 60 x 40 cm - 0,08 mm thick 60 40 0,03 10
4344.13N 60 x 40 cm - 0,13 mm thick 60 40 0,05 10
SMALL SIZE :
4344.01 40 x 30 cm 40 30 0,01 1
4344.02 Round ø 26 cm 26 0,01 1
This baking sheet is made from PTFE-coated glass fiber for perfect
non-stick properties. It has the advantage of being reusable 200
times over. It proves to be very economical and can be used for
lots of different applications.
Baking non-stick silicone mat

4931.40N 40 30 0,1
4931.58N 60 x 40 cm 58,5 38,5 0,21
4931.51N GN 1/1 51,5 31 0,14
This cooking mat is made from canvas dipped in food-grade Maximum temperature: 280°C (536°F).
silicone to prevent any sticking whatsoever. It replaces This mat can also be used as an underlying support for
greaseproof paper and can stand an average 1000 visits to freezing and deep-freezing.
the oven. It is easily cleaned with hot water and a sponge.
Page 202
Silicone coated fiberglass baking mesh "AIRMAT"

4938.40 40 30 0,06
4938.58 58 38 0,11
4938.51 51 31 0,09
Perfect for baking choux paste and bread & Silicone-coated nonstick fiberglass fabric: do
tart doughs. Ideal to bake rawfrozen doughs. not grease.
Can be used as a freezing support. The baking mat is to combine with a
Use T°: -55°C à +280°C (-67°F to +536°F). perforated aluminium oven tray.
Ventilated fabric for an homogeneous
cooking and crispy dough bottoms.
Non-stick silicone pastry mat with marks for Macarons cooking

Circles ø 15 and 35 mm
-40°C / + 230°C (-40°F / +446°F)
4935.40 44 round marks 40 30 0,8 0,16
4935.60 88 round marks 60 40 0,8 0,21
Drawings ø 35 mm are really useful for covering the tray keeping To combine with the flat tray 7368.
lines for filling with a pastry bag for Macarons. The small circles ø
15 mm help to place the pastry bag in the centre and realize
perfect macaroons. This product will be useful for mass
production in order to obtain always the same finishing touches.
Non-stick, suitable for oven cooking.
Non-stick silicone pastry mat with marks

Non-stick recto / non-skid verso
Marks for tarts
ø 12 - 16 - 20 - 24 - 28 - 32 cm
Graduated in cm and inches
4937.60 60 40 0,36
This silicone pastry mat allows pie pastry to be rolled on a worktop deep-freezing (-60°C/+260°C). Easy cleaning.
without the need to dust it with flour. The marks indicate the
upright quantity of pastry to the exact size of the tart mould.
Graduated on the sides. This mat can also be used in the oven as a
baking mat or as an underlying support for freezing and
Round-edge tray st. steel

ALL STAINLESS STEEL
3201.24 24 19 0,8 0,31 5
3201.31 31 24 0,8 0,5 5
This tea tray guarantees your preparations a particularly elegant

appearance. It is easy to keep clean. The corners are rounded.
Page 203
PASTRY Cutters and rolls
Box of 9 cutters made of polyamid
Code Designation Kg
4308.00 Plain round ø 2 to 10 cm 0,23
4307.00 Fluted round ø 2 to 10 cm 0,22
4304.30 Square - L.1,8 to 9,5 cm 0,27
Polyamid reinforced with glass 35 mm high - Round edge for for

fibre. Extra-strong foodgrade comfortable handling
quality
Solid and resistant. One-piece
construction for perfect hygiène
Can be sterilized - T° max. 160°C
Box of 9 round cutters - stainless steel

3323.00N Plain 3,5 0,6 0,44
ø 3 to 11 cm
3324.00N Fluted 3,5 0,6 0,46
ø 3 to 11 cm
These professional-grade stainless steel star pastry cutting rings

are very sturdy and will not distort. They will satisfy every need
thanks to the different forms available. It is the tool which will
satisfy your creativity thanks to the 2 different aspects suggested.
Rolling pins

4840.01N Beech rolling pin 5 50 0,72
Wheels for pastry in food plastic material

Cutting wheel for grating pastry
4361.00N 4,5 5 0,07
4361.01N 4,5 10 0,14
Spiked roller
4362.00N 6,5 5 0,07
4362.01N 6,5 10 0,14
The criss-cross slitter lets you make diamond holes in the pastry uniformly in strips of pastry.
for decorating pie-tops. Once the pastry has been through the
roller, you just need to stretch it to obtain perfect diamond holes.
The pastry-spiking roll is handy for pricking holes quickly and
Set of 10 disposable baker blades

4670.03N Yellow-fixed blades 13 0,01
4670.05N Blue-reversible blades 14 0,01
Baker's blades let you slit the

dough before baking bread. The
blade's cutting edge guarantees
you a high quality cut.
Page 204
PASTRY Cutters and rolls
Scraper

3300.12 Straight dough scraper, stiff, st. steel 12 9 2,5 1 0,18 1
3301.12 Round dough scraper, stiff, st. steel 12 9 2,5 1 0,14 1
3302.11N Dough straight scraper, supple steel 11 8,8 2,5 0,3 0,09 12
3302.12N Dough round scraper, supple steel 11 8,8 2,5 0,3 0,08 12
The rigid or flexible pastry cutters are used for cutting out and cleaning.
pastry, bread dough, or pizza pastry, and also for scraping
Supple plastic scraper

4858.00N Supple round scraper 15 11 2 0,02 5
T° max. 60 °C
This utensil lets you scrape out a bowl to remove any mixture
stuck to the walls.
Expanding pastry cutter - Stainless steel
This expanding roller carries several stub spindles, Code Designation Lcm Wcm Hcm Kg
each with a cutting wheel, and allows you to cut a 4781.00N 5 plain wheels ø 5,5 cm to cut 4 strips 22,5 5,2 5,5 0,56
series of straight strips in one go. The width is From 1 to 11,5 cm large
adjustable.
4781.01 Double 27 7,8 5,5 0,97

5 plain wheels and 5 fluted wheels ø 5,5 cm
to cut 4 strips
From 1 to 11,5 cm large
4781.02 6 plain wheels ø 10 cm to cut 5 strips 27 6,4 10 0,98

From 1 to 12,5 cm large
While stocks last
Page 205
PASTRY Chocolate and sugar work
Bain-marie cooker
The bain-marie cooker consists of a hollow stainless Code Designation Øcm Hcm Liters. Th.mm Kg
steel shell in which water is heated. It enables you to 3437.16N With handle and double st. steel body 16 12,5 1,5 1 0,97
heat at lukewarm temperatures for melting chocolate
or keeping sauces warm.
It has a handle, which makes it easy to use.
For all heat sources , including induction hobs.
Sweet maker - Coating system

3500.00 40 4,2
Created by Pascal Brunstein
Ruban Bleu 1997
The sugar coater enables dried - KITCHENAID ARTISAN PRO

fruits (almonds, hazelnuts, - Dito Sama BE5 A
walnuts, etc.) to be sugar coated or - Dito Sama 3500.00
to be covered with chocolate,
marzipan... 6 to 8kg (13-18lbs) of
sweets or candies can be made in
30 minutes.
Improved fastening system.
The stainless steel double bell fits
onto beaters :
- KITCHENAID K5 Super Plus
Page 206
PASTRY Chocolate and sugar work
Set of 5 polyethylene sheets for chocolate work
042032 30 20 0,02
Cold use.
Sugar saucepan, massive copper, 2 spouts and st. steel cold handle
6572.20 20 11 3,4 2 1,8
This sugar saucepan with two pouring lips (for left- or right-
handed people) has a stainless steel handle that remains cold so as
not to burn the user's hand.
Copper massive conical jam pans with cast-iron handles

6200.38N Conical jam pan, 1 mm th 38 15 9 1,2 1,5
6202.40N Conical jam pan, 2 mm th 40 14,4 12 1,7 3,4
Stainless steel funnel for jam and to pour preparations in ring
Code Designation Kg
3356.00 2 parts for ø from 3,5 to 6 cm 0,23
This funnel is also practical to pour preparations in ring for

arranging filling on a dish.
Candy thermometer +80°C / +200°C with stainless steel case

4884.01N PRECISION 1/1 0,2 27,5 0,1
This thermometer is used for pastry and candy. It is calibrated to protective sleeve can be sterilized at 100°C. The thermometer and
allow for immersion of the lower thinner part of the stem. The sleeve can be washed in a dishwasher.
Page 207
PASTRY Pastry nozzles and bags
Pastry nozzles made of TRITAN.
Transparent black colour.
Solid - One-piece construction.
Perfectly smooth cone for guaranteed hygiene.
The reinforced teeth on the fancy nozzles make high accuracy work.
The nozzles are long enough, making them easier to insert in the bag
and giving them better visibility.
They all fit with LE TUBE de Buyer and are dishwasher friendly.
MADE IN FRANCE
Available leaflet ref.QEC21.010
Plain nozzle - Tritan

4151.03 ø 3 mm - U2 3,5 6 0,01
4151.06 ø 6 mm - U4 3,5 6 0,01
4151.08 ø 8 mm - U6 3,5 6 0,01
4151.11 ø 11 mm - U8 3,5 6 0,01
4151.13 ø 13 mm - U10 3,5 6 0,01
4151.15 ø 15 mm - U12 3,5 6 0,01
4151.18 ø 18 mm - U14 3,5 6 0,01
Saint Honoré nozzle - Tritan

4155.09 ø 9 mm 3,5 6 0,01
4155.11 ø 11 mm 3,5 6 0,01
The spout has a cut-out. They are

used for dressing Saint-Honorés
with cream. They do a much better
job than a spoon.
'Petit Four' star nozzles - Tritan

4156.10 PF10 ø 10 mm - 14 teeth 6 0,01
4156.14 PF14 ø 14 mm - 16 teeth 6 0,01
4156.18 PF18 ø 18 mm - 18 teeth 6 0,01
Page 208
Tritan Star nozzle

4152.05 A8 - ø 3 mm 3,5 6 0,01
4152.09 B8 - ø 5 mm 3,5 6 0,01
4152.11 C6 - ø 8 mm 3,5 6 0,01
4152.13 C8 - ø 8 mm 3,5 6 0,01
4152.17 D8 - ø 11 mm 3,5 6 0,01
4152.19 E6 - ø 13 mm 3,5 6 0,01
4152.20 E8 - ø 13 mm 3,5 6 0,01
4152.25 F8 - ø 18 mm 3,5 6 0,01
Star ribbon nozzle - Tritan

4153.08 8 points 3,5 6 0,01
hole 19 x 2 mm
One flat side and one indented

side for decorating Yule logs.
Bird nest nozzle - Tritan

4166.01 19 holes ø3 mm 3,5 4,5 0,01
Leaf nozzle - Tritan

4168.02 F2 3,5 6 0,01
Page 209
Garnishing nozzles - Tritan

4165.06 Nozzle ø 6 mm 3,5 9 0,01
4165.10 Nozzle ø 10 mm 3,5 9 0,01
GEO nozzle - Tritan

4183.05 Square 5 mm 3,5 6 0,01
4183.10 Square 10 mm 3,5 6 0,01
4181.10 Triangular 10 mm 3,5 6 0,01
4182.12 Rectangular 12 x 6 mm 3,5 6 0,01
4180.14 Half ø 14 mm 3,5 6 0,01
EXCLUSIVITY DE BUYER
Page 210
Box of 6 plain Tritan nozzles and supple holder Box of 6 plain Tritan nozzles and supple holder
4150.10 6 plain nozzles 16,5 8,5 7 0,05 4150.11 6 star nozzles 16,5 8,5 7 0,05
- U2-4-6-8-10-12 B8-C6-C8-D8-E6-E8
Box supplied with an holder made in TPE for Nozzles are easy to clip, unclip, clean, dry
6 nozzles Tritan. Equipped with a hole to and store. No nozzle gets lost.
hang.
Box of 6 Tritan nozzles and supple holder

4150.02 Set CLASSIC 16,5 8,5 7 0,05
- 3 plain nozzles ø 6-11-13 mm
- 3 Star nozzles B8-C6-E8
4150.03 Set CREATIVE 16,5 8,5 7 0,05
- 2 Star nozzles PF10 - PF14 / 1 leaf nozzle
- 1 ribbon nozzle / 1 bird nest / 1 St Honoré ø 9 mm
4150.05 Set GEO 16,5 8,5 7 0,05
- 1 plain nozzle ø 8 mm
- 5 GEO : 2 squares / triangle / rectangle / hemisphere
4150.07 Set STARTER 16,5 8,5 7 0,05
- 3 Star nozzles A8-C8-F8
4150.08 FILLING set 16,5 8,5 7 0,05
- 1 plain nozzle ø11 mm / 2 Star nozzles PF10 - PF14
- 2 filling nozzles ø 6-10 mm / 1 GEO rectangular nozzle
Box supplied with an holder made in TPE for 6 nozzles Tritan. Equipped with a hole to hang.
Nozzles are easy to clip, unclip, clean, dry and store.
No nozzle gets lost.
Page 211
Box of 12 Tritan nozzles and 2 supple holders

4150.04 SET MIX (4150.02+4150.03) 21 12,5 7 0,1
CLASSIC + CREATIF
- 3 Star nozzles B8-C6-E8
- 2 Star nozzles PF10 - PF14 / 1 leaf nozzle
- 1 ribbon nozzle / 1 bird nest / 1 St Honoré ø 9 mm
4150.09 CATERER SET with : 21 12,5 7 0,1

- 4 plain nozzles U4-6-8-12
- 4 star nozzles n° C6 - C8 - D8 - E6
- 1 leaf nozzle
- 1 star ribbon nozzle 8 teeth
- 2 St Honoré ø 9 - 11 mm
All de Buyer Tritan nozzles suits on LE TUBE ref. 3358.01 and 3358.02
Page 212
LE TUBE: Pressure pastry syringe

3358.01 Delivered with 2 nozzles U8 (ø11 mm) & D8 38,4 10,5 0,75 0,44
+ 2 caps
+ biscuits kit REF 3358.94
ACCESSORIES
3358.92 Set of 2 lids for the tank 0,05
3358.93 Set of 2 lids with hole for the tank 0,05
3358.75 0,75 capacity extra tank + 2 caps ref.3358.92 19,6 8,54 0,75 0,13
+ 2 caps ref.3358.92
3358.95 DISPLAY WITH VIDEO : 50 39 150 15,62
- 8 boxes Le Tube 3358.01
- 9 sets of 6 Tritan nozzles (3 X 4150.02 / 3 X 4150.03 / 3 X 4150.08)
-5 tanks 3358.75
Pressure syringe for effortless dosing of paste, creams and mousses. Knob for easy setting of pressure for dosing the amount to be poured (from
For garnishing, filling and decorating. Simple,fast and accurate work. Easier 1 to 5 cl).
to fill than a pastry bag. 0,75 L. capacity in transparent plastic. Removable and interchangable nozzles.
Graduated in cl and oz. Allows the user to see how much is left. DESIGNED BY DE BUYER - PATENTED
Box LE TUBE PRO

3358.02 This box includes: 47 30 10 1,82
- Piston syringe LE TUBE
- 4 extra containers 0.75 L.
- 12 nozzles with holders:
3 plain nozzles ø 6-11-13 mm
3 star nozzles B8-C8-E8 / 2 star nozzles PF10 - PF14
1 St Honoré / 1 bird nest nozzle
Special shortbread biscuits kit for LE TUBE

Code Designation Kg
3358.94 Special lid disc holder 0,17
+ 13 discs
+ 2 caps ref.3358.92
to store the paste
kit composed with a special lid

(disc holder) and 13 removable
decor discs.
Delivered with 2 caps ref. 3358.92
Fits on LE TUBE.
Page 213
Stainless steel plain nozzle

2111.02N 0,2 5 0,01
2111.03N 0,3 5 0,01
2111.04N 0,4 5 0,01
2111.05N 0,5 5 0,01
2111.06N 0,6 5 0,01

2111.07N 0,7 4,5 0,01
2111.08N 0,8 4,5 0,01
2111.09N 0,9 4,5 0,01
2111.10N 1 5,4 0,01
2111.11N 1,1 5 0,01
2111.12N 1,2 5 0,01
2111.13N 1,3 5 0,01
2111.14N 1,4 5 0,01
2111.15N 1,5 5,4 0,01
2111.16N 1,6 5,3 0,01
2111.17N 1,7 5,3 0,01
2111.18N 1,8 5 0,01
2111.20N 2 5 0,01
2111.22N 2,2 4,9 0,01
2111.24N 2,4 4,5 0,01
These stainless steel nozzles without welding are robust, easy to

clean and hygienic. They fit onto piping bags for making patterns
with cream or for filling the hollows in a baking preparation.
Stainless steel star nozzle

2112.02N A5 0,3 0,01
2112.03N A6 0,3 0,01
2112.04N A7 0,35 0,01
2112.05N A8 0,5 0,01
2112.06N B5 0,5 0,01
2112.07N B6 0,5 0,01
2112.08N B7 0,6 0,01
2112.09N B8 0,7 0,01
2112.10N C5 0,7 0,01
2112.11N C6 0,7 0,01
2112.12N C7 0,7 0,01
2112.13N C8 0,9 0,01
clean and hygienic. They fit onto piping bags for making cream
patterns or for filling the hollows in a baking mixture.
Page 214
Stainless steel star nozzle

2112.14N D5 1,1 0,01
2112.15N D6 1,1 0,01
2112.16N D7 1,1 0,01
2112.17N D8 1,1 0,01
2112.18N E5 1,3 0,01
2112.19N E6 1,3 0,01
2112.20N E7 1,3 0,01
2112.21N E8 1,3 0,01
2112.22N F5 1,8 0,01
2112.23N F6 1,8 0,01
2112.24N F7 1,8 0,01
2112.25N F8 1,8 0,01
clean and hygienic. They fit onto piping bags for making cream
patterns or for filling the hollows in a baking mixture.
Stainless steel ruban nozzle

2117.10 10 x 2 mm 2,5 4,5 0,01
2117.15 15 x 2 mm 3,2 4,5 0,01
2117.20 20 x 2 mm 3,2 4,5 0,01
2117.30 30 x 5 mm 3,6 4,5 0,01
Page 215
Stainless steel star ribbon nozzle
2113.06N 6 points- hole 16 x 2 mm 2,5 4 0,01
2113.08N 6 points - hole 20 x 3 mm 3 4,5 0,01

clean and hygienic. They have one flat side and one indented side
and are used for decorating Yule logs.
Stainless steel Sultane nozzle - Small size Ht 4,5 cm

2118.31 Plain 4,5 0,01
2118.12 Star 4,5 0,01
Stainless steel Sultane nozzle

2118.01 Protruding cone 6,3 0,03
2118.02 Flat cone-up 6,3 0,03
UP : outer ø35 mm
cone inside ø21mm
ø base 55 mm
Stainless steel Sultane mini nozzle

2118.03 ø 7 mm - 12 teeth 1,8 2,85 0,01
Stainless steel Saint Honoré nozzle

2115.20N 0,9 5 0,01
2115.25N 1,1 5 0,01
2115.30N 1,3 5 0,01
2115.35N 1,5 5 0,01
2115.40N 1,6 5 0,01
These stainless steel nozzles are robust, easy to clean and hygienic
thanks to their watertight "end-to-end" welding. The spout has a
cut-out. They are used for dressing Saint-Honorés with cream.
They do a much better job than a spoon.
Page 216
Leaf nozzle, stainless steel
2128.02N N° 2 - large 6 mm 6 0,01
These stainless steel nozzles

without welding are robust, easy
to clean and hygienic.
Rose nozzle, stainless steel - 8 points

2129.08N 0,8 5 0,01
2129.09N 0,9 5 0,01
2129.11N 1,1 5 0,01
2129.14N 1,4 5 0,01
2129.16N 1,6 5 0,01

clean and hygienic.
Bird nest nozzle, stainless steel

2126.00N 7 holes ø 1.3 mm 1,3 3,95 0,01
2126.01 9 holes ø 3 mm 1,9 3,95 0,01

Bird nest nozzle, stainless steel - 3 fluted holes

Code Designation Øcm
2126.02 3,1

clean and hygienic.
Stainless steel nozzle - spiral effect

Code Designation Øcm Hcm
2119.13 8 teeth 1,3 4,15

clean and hygienic.
Page 217
Stainless steel 'Petit Four' star nozzles

2116.07 ø 7 mm - 10 teeth 4,8 0,05
2116.08 ø 8 mm - 12 teeth 4,3 0,07
2116.10 ø 10 mm - 14 teeth 5 0,01
2116.14 ø 14 mm - 16 teeth 5,5 0,01
2116.16 ø 16 mm - 17 teeth 5,3 0,08
2116.17 ø 17,5 mm - 18 teeth 4,8 0,05
Sphere nozzle, stainless steel

2120.20 with fine streaks 2,5 0,01
2120.21 with large streaks 2,5 0,01

Russian nozzle, stainless steel - Flower decor N°241 - N°242 Russian nozzle, stainless steel - Flower decor N°243 - N°244
Code Designation Øcm Hcm Code Designation Øcm Hcm

2120.01 N°241 2,67 3,85 2120.03 N°243 2,67 3,85
2120.02 N°242 2,67 3,85 2120.04 N°244 2,67 3,85
These stainless steel nozzles without welding These stainless steel nozzles without welding
are robust, easy to clean and hygienic. are robust, easy to clean and hygienic.
Page 218
Russian nozzle, stainless steel - Flower decor - N°246 - N°247 Russian nozzle, stainless steel - Flower decor N°257 - N°248
Code Designation Øcm Hcm Code Designation Øcm Hcm

2120.05 N°246 2,67 3,85 2120.08 N°248 2,67 3,85
2120.06 N°247 2,67 3,85 2120.07 N°257 2,67 3,85
These stainless steel nozzles without welding These stainless steel nozzles without welding
are robust, easy to clean and hygienic. are robust, easy to clean and hygienic.
Garnishing nozzles
2125.06 Nozzle ø 6 mm 8,2 0
2125.03 Set of 3 nozzlesø 4-6-8 mm 0,01
Set of 5 stainless steel nozzles

Code Designation Kg
2114.05 in blister package 0,06
- 2 plain nozzles ø 8 and 2 mm
- 1 star ribbon nozzle 8 teeth
- Star nozzle C6
Set of 6 stainless steel nozzles

Code Designation Kg
2114.00N Set of 6 st. steel nozzles 0,04
Page 219
Counter display of stainless steel nozzles and accessories
2130.03 Display with video screen and booklets 52,5 30 48 4,1
50 models of stainless steel nozzles - total 241 nozzles-
and accessories (adapters, scraper and pastry bags)
Consult us for the detailed composition.
Video screen runs off battery and can be recharged.
Stainless steel pastry nozzles. Perfectly smooth. Easy cleaning.

Dishwasher safe. Suitable for all piping bags.
MEGA PASTRY BOX: set of 172 stainless steel nozzles

2130.02 35 differents nozzles in 5 ex (except 2120.20 x 2) 30,5 21,5 8 1,55
- 7 Plain ø 6/8/10/12/14/16/18 mm
- 6 Star A8/C6/D6/D8/E8/F8
- 2 St Honoré ø 11 mm - ø 15 mm
- 2 Star ribbon 6 teeth L.16 mm - L.20 mm
- 2 Petits Fours ø 8 mm - ø 14 mm
- 2 Bird nest nozzles
- 2 Rose nozzles ø 8 mm - ø 11 mm
- Ruban nozzle L.20 mm
- Sphere nozzle
- 8 Russian flower nozzles
- Spiral effect nozzle

MAXI PASTRY BOX: set of 120 stainless steel nozzles

2130.01 24 differents nozzles in 5 ex 28 18,5 8 1,22
- 7 Plain ø 6/8/10/12/14/16/18 mm
- 6 Star A8/C6/D6/D8/E8/F8
- 2 Star ribbon 6 teeth L.16 mm - L.20 mm
- 2 St Honoré ø 11 mm - ø 15 mm
- 2 Petits Fours ø 8 mm - ø 14 mm
- Garnishing nozzle ø 6 mm
- Bird nest nozzle
- Leaf nozzle N°2
- 2 Rose nozzles ø 8 mm - ø 11 mm
PASTRY BOX: set of 60 stainless steel nozzles

2130.00 17,5 12,9 7,6 0,6
While stocks last

Page 220
Adapter for nozzles made of foodgrade plastic
2114.11 Kit for large nozzles ø 35mm 5,8 0,02
2114.12 Kit for medium nozzles ø 25mm 5,7 0,03
2114.21 Kit for decor nozzles ø 20mm 3 0,02
2114.13 Set of 3 adapters for the 3 sizes of nozzles 0,1
ø 35/25/20 mm
Adapters enable to change of nozzles on the same pastry bag.
Set of 26 small stainless steel decor nozzles

2114.20 19,2 14 4,8 0,27
Case with 26 st/steel decor noozles + an on the same pastry bag.

adaptator + 2 supports to make decorations
in chocolate/cream/glaze for writing or
creating leaves, flowers, ...
Supplied with an adapter to change nozzles
Set of 35 stainless steel pastry nozzles + 2 adaptators

2114.10 30 24 6,3 0,87
Case with a traditional pastry assortment of 35 nozzles:

- 10 plain nozzles
- 15 star nozzles
- 5 nozzles for Petit Four
- 2 nozzles for Rose
- 2 ribbon nozzles
- 1 nozzle to garnish .
Supplied with adapters to change nozzles on the same pastry bag.
Page 221
Nylon extra supple pastry bags
4859.34 34 0,01
4859.46 46 0,01
The professional re-usable pastry

bags made of coated cotton are
particularly supple. They have a
string, but no hem. They are lined
and then watertight.
Cotton pastry bags

Code Designation Lcm Kg PU
4856.25N pastry bag 25 cm 25 0,04 6
4856.30N pastry bag 30 cm 30 0,04 6
4856.35N pastry bag 35 cm 35 0,05 6
4856.40N pastry bag 40 cm 40 0,06 6
4856.45N pastry bag 45 cm 45 0,07 6
4856.50N pastry bag 50 cm 50 0,11 6
4856.60N pastry bag 60 cm 60 0,16 6
4347.05N Set of 5 cotton pastry bags 0,13 1
30/35/40/45 and 50 cm long
The professional re-usable pastry bags made of coated cotton are and then watertight.
particularly supple. They have a string, but no hem. They are lined
Supple pastry bag made of polyurethane

4347.35 35 20 0,02
Foodgrade polyurethane. This innovative material gives to the bag

high resistance, flexibility and softness. It has a smooth surface
inside which make easier the outflow of the product and rough
outside for a better handle. Thanks to a special welding of the bag,
a high hygienic safety is guaranteed. Easy cleaning. Dishwasher
safe. Resists until 60°C maximum.
Supple pastry bag made of polyurethane + 2 stainless steel nozzles

4347.03 Pastry bag L. 35 cm 24 4 4 0,06
Plain nozzle 2111.10N ø 10 mm
Star nozzle C6
Packed in plastic box
Foodgrade polyurethane. This innovative material gives to the bag

high resistance, flexibility and softness. It has a smooth surface
inside which make easier the outflow of the product and rough
outside for a better handle. Thanks to a special welding of the bag,
a high hygienic safety is guaranteed. Easy cleaning. Dishwasher
safe. Resists until 60°C maximum.
Roll of 20 disposable pastry bags - Polyethylene

Code Designation Øcm Lcm Wcm Kg
4348.02 4 23 4 0,14
The throw-away piping bags have the same use as the nylon ones
but without the inconvenience of cleaning and upkeep. Reinforced
edges. T° 70°C max.
Page 222
Roll of 100 disposable pastry bags - Blue polyethylene Roll of 100 disposable pastry bags - Polyethylene
Code Designation Lcm Liters. Kg Code Designation Lcm Liters. Kg

4349.55 55 1,7 1,35 4348.30N 30 cm long 30 0,25 0,6
4348.40N 40 cm long 40 0,5 0,95
4348.45N 45 cm long 45 0,75 1
4348.50N 50 cm long 50 1,25 1,2
90 microns. Reinforced edges. T° 70°C max. 4348.01N 55 cm long 55 1,7 1,35
Roll in a dispenser box.
The throw-away piping bags have the same Reinforced edges. T° 70°C max.
use as the nylon ones but without the Roll in a dispenser box.
inconvenience of cleaning and upkeep.
Dispenser box of 100 disposable pastry bags - Polyethylene

4346.45N 45 1
The throw-away piping bags have the same use as the nylon ones
but without the inconvenience of cleaning and upkeep. Reinforced
edges. They are made of transparent polypropylene. Their hygiene
is perfect. They are also very pratical in their dispenser box. 90
microns.
Set of 8 plastic clips TWIXIT to close pastry bags

Code Designation Kg
4336.00 3 different sizes : L. 13 / 10 / 5 cm 0,1
Holder for pastry bag, polypropylene

4347.10N 19,5 23 0,12
This pastry bag holder is made of food plastic and enables one to
maintain the full pastry bag straight, ready to use.
Page 223
PASTRY Various pastry accessories
Stainless steel horn core

3006.25 2,5 9 0,3 0,01
3006.30 3 12 0,3 0,01
3006.35 3,5 14 0,3 0,02
This conical mould lets you make puff-pastry
horns of plenty.
Stainless steel tube Stainless steel pastry-roll core
Code Designation Øcm Lcm Kg PU Code Designation Øcm Lcm Th.mm Kg

3000.04 Champagne Cork/Mushroom, individual 4 4 0,06 5 3007.25 2,5 10 0,3 0,01
3005.02 Cheese Roulé, individual 2,1 10 0,05 5
This tool lets you make puff pastry rolls

These stainless steel tubes are especially which can then be filled with sweet or savory
robust (1.5mm / 16 gauge thick) and easy to mixtures.
keep clean. They help you make catering
products (cheese rolls, mini-soufflés, etc.).
Punch bottle
044085N Punch bottle with plug 8 29 1 0,11
Made from food-grade plastic, the punch doser has a perforated

cap for soaking biscuits.
Pastry brushes with wooden handle - Natural bristles

4805.01N Set of 2 pastry brushes l.30 mm 23 3 0,4
4805.02N Set of 2 pastry brushes l.40 mm 24 4 0,6
The pastry brush is used for glazing yeast dough or for coating
desserts. It can also be used to moisten the walls of a sugar
saucepan.
Page 224
PASTRY Various pastry accessories
Silicone brush
4807.00N 19,5 3 0,02
4807.25N 25 3 0,04
4807.50N 25 6 0,05
Hygienic brush. Easily cleanable. T°

resistance until 250°C.
Large silicone pastry brush

4807.60N fine silk 25 4 3 0,07
A wider and thicker brush: more preparation (butter, egg yolk...) is

taken once and the finest silk allows a more regular brushing
without traces. Temperature resistance until 250°C.
Kitchen blowtorch

2040.00N Delivered empty 15,7 0,17
An absolute must for caramelizing Catalan piezoelectric ignition button and adjustable
creams, flans, meringue tarts, or apple tarts, flame. For use with Butane gas (lighter gas).
melting cheese, browning meats, peeling Easy-to-fill tank.
tomatoes, and even for paint stripping! Easy
and safe to use with its automatic
St. steel caramelizing iron

Code Designation Kg
3052.15 With bowlamp "Soudogaz X2000" (No smoke, 1,1
no smell)
3052.16 Iron alone for X2000 0,5
While stocks last
The caramelizing iron is a stainless steel fitting that goes on the food instead of a caramel flavour. This iron is sturdy, space-saving
portable Soudogaz blowtorch and protects the mixture from the compared with an electric iron.
flame. If you use a naked flame on crème brulées, Italian meringue,
etc., to caramelize them, this is toxic and gives a burnt taste to the
Page 225
FLEXIBLE
MOULDS
The De Buyer patented silicone Elastomoule moulds
are the flexible moulds chosen by the professionals.
They can be used for anything: warm, cold, frozen, sweet or savoury.
-228 -
ELASTOMOULE
- 23 3 -
MOUL’FLEX PRO
- 23 5 -
MOUL’FLEX
moulds
Supple
SUPPLE MOULDS ELASTOMOULE
ELASTOMOULE
1 recipe card supplied with each mould :
6 MOF and/or World Champions in Pastry
realize their original pastry recipe
in the De Buyer's Elastomoule moulds.
Made in France ORIGINE FRANCE GARANTIE
Elastomoule - 40 mini-cylinders ø 27,5 mm

1873.01 300 x 176 mm 2,75 2,5 0,26
1,4 cl
Silicone moulds ELASTOMOULE - Mini-hemispherical - 1,2 cl

1850.01 29 x 19,3 cm - 24 cakes 3 1,8 0,11
1850.21 21 x17,6 cm -20 cakes 3 1,8 0,1
Silicone foam mould. Non-stick. For cooking in the oven and caramelize. The mini hemispheres are perfect for making
freezing, from -70°C to 300°C (-90°F to 580°F). Perfect heat chocolates, dainties, fruit paste sweets.
transmission, thereby gaining time and allowing juices to
Elastomoule - 20 MINI Cakes

1868.01 Tray 300 x 176 mm 5 2,7 2,7 0,26
3,15 cl
Page 228
Silicone moulds ELASTOMOULE - 48 Mini-hemispheres with flat bottom - ø 25 mm

1866.01 300 x 176 mm 2,5 1 0,15
4 cl
Silicone moulds ELASTOMOULE - Financier - 4,2 cl

1875.21 21 x 17,6 cm -6 cakes 9,5 4,4 1,2 0,1
Silicone foam mould. Non-stick. For cooking in the oven and

freezing, from -70°C to 300°C (-90°F to 580°F). The Elastomoule
material transmits heat perfectly and gives a lovely golden
appearance to the top and underneath of products while giving
them a succulent taste thanks to the caramelization of juices. The
mould has sharp angles for a nice appearance.
Silicone moulds ELASTOMOULE - Mini-financier - 1,05 cl

1,05 cl
1852.01D 30 x 20 cm - 25 cakes 4,9 2,6 1,1 0,14
1852.21D 21 x 17,6 cm- 15 cakes 4,9 2,6 3 0,1
Silicone foam mould. Non-stick. For cooking in the oven and them a succulent taste thanks to the caramelization of juices. The
freezing, from -70°C to 300°C (-90°F to 580°F). The Elastomoule mould has sharp angles for a nice appearance.
material transmits heat perfectly and gives a lovely golden
appearance to the top and underneath of products while giving
Silicone moulds ELASTOMOULE - Mini-Muffins ø 45 / 38 mm - 3,9 cl

1858.01D 30 x 20 cm - 15 cakes 4,5 30 17,6 3 0,24
3,9 cl
1858.21D 21 x 17,5 cm - 9 cakes 4,5 21 17,6 3 0,17
Silicone foam mould. Non-stick. For cooking in the oven and appearance to the top and underneath of products while giving
freezing, from -70°C to 300°C (-90°F to 580°F). The Elastomoule them a succulent taste thanks to the caramelization of juices. The
material transmits heat perfectly and gives a lovely golden mould has sharp angles for a nice appearance.
Page 229
Silicone moulds ELASTOMOULE - Round mini-tartlet

ø 45 mm- 0,95 cl
1853.01D 30 x 20 cm - 24 cakes 4,5 1,1 0,15
1853.21D 21 x 17,6 cm - 12 cakes 45 1,1 0,1
ø 50 mm - 1,9 cl
1859.01D 30 x 20 cm - 15 cakes 5 1,5 0,14
Silicone foam mould. Non-stick. For cooking in the oven and
freezing, from -70°C to 300°C (-90°F to 580°F). Perfect heat
caramelize. Elastomoule mini jam tart moulds are perfect for
making sweet or savory catering products.
Silicone moulds ELASTOMOULE - Mini-Muffins 'Pomponnette' ø 46/30 mm

1862.21 23,5 x17,6 cm - 12 cakes 4,6 23,5 17,6 2,4 0,13
Silicone moulds ELASTOMOULE - Mini-madeleine - 0,64 cl

1851.01D 30 x 20 cm - 30 cakes 4 3 1,1 0,13
1851.21D 21 x 17,6 cm - 20 cakes 4 3 1,1 0,1
Silicone foam mould. Non-stick. For cooking in the oven and appearance to the top and underneath of mini Madeleine cakes
freezing, from -70°C to 300°C (-90°F to 580°F). The Elastomoule while giving them a succulent taste thanks to the caramelization of
material transmits heat perfectly and gives a lovely golden juices that takes place in these moulds.
Silicone moulds Elastomoule - 8 small Brioches

1845.01 30 x 17,6 cm - 8 cakes ø 60/31 mm 6 2,8 0,16
4,2 cl
Page 230
Elastomoule - 40 mini-cubes 25 mm
1869.01 300 x 176 mm 2,5 2,5 2,5 0,25
1,5 cl
Silicone moulds ELASTOMOULE - Mini-"Bordelais" fluted cake - 1,9 cl

1856.01D 30 x 17,6 cm, 28 cakes - R'SYSTEM 3,5 30 17,6 3,5 0,31
1,9 cl
1856.21D 21 x 17,5 cm - 20 cakes 3,5 21 17,6 3,5 0,22
1,9 cl
The Elastomoule mini Bordelais R’SYSTEM is a BRAND NEW mould. heat convection across the whole plate, resulting in perfect baking.
Localized perforations between the indentations give improved
Silicone moulds ELASTOMOULE - PORTIONS "Bordelais" fluted cake - 8,2 cl

1834.01D 30 x 20 cm - 8 cakes 5,5 5 0,3
8,2 cl
1834.21D 21 x 17,6 cm - 6 cakes 55 5 0,17
Silicone foam mould. Non-stick. For cooking in the oven and caramelize. The "Bordelais" Elastomoule Portions give the same
freezing, from -70°C to 300°C (-90°F to 580°F). Perfect heat cooking quality and savors as the famous copper molds used for
transmission, thereby gaining time and allowing juices to crunchy Bordeaux Cannelé cakes.
ELASTOMOULE -PORTIONS Madeleine - 3 cl

1832.01D 30 x 20 cm - 9 cakes 8 4,5 1,7 0,14
3 cl
1832.21D 21 x 17,6 cm - 8 cakes 8 4,5 1,8 0,1
Silicone foam mould. Non-stick. For cooking in the oven and appearance to the top and underneath of Madeleine cakes while
freezing, from -70°C to 300°C (-90°F to 580°F). The Elastomoule giving them a matchless taste thanks to the caramelization of
material transmits heat perfectly and gives a lovely golden juices that takes place in these moulds.
Page 231
ELASTOMOULE - PORTIONS Cake - 10,5 cl
1831.01D 30 x 20 cm - 9 cakes 9 4,8 3 0,26
10,5 cl
1831.21D 21 x 17,5 cm - 6 cakes 9 4,8 3 0,11
Silicone foam mould. Non-stick. For cooking in the oven and and gives a lovely golden appearance to the top and underneath of
freezing, from -70°C to 300°C (-90°F to 580°F). The CAKE cakes, fruit cakes, and breadrolls while giving them a succulent
Elastomoule is made from a material that transmits heat perfectly taste thanks to the caramelization of juices.
Silicone moulds ELASTOMOULE - PORTIONS Muffins ø 74 / 54 mm - 9,5 cl

1833.01D 30 x 20 cm - 6 cakes 7,4 30 17,6 3 0,16
9,5 cl
1833.21D 21 x 17,6 cm - 4 cakes 74 21 17,6 3 0,11
Silicone foam mould. Non-stick. For cooking in the oven and appearance to the top and underneath of products while giving
freezing, from -70°C to 300°C (-90°F to 580°F). The Elastomoule them a succulent taste thanks to the caramelization of juices. The
material transmits heat perfectly and gives a lovely golden mould has sharp angles for a nice appearance.
ELASTOMOULE CUBE
1836.01 cube portions - 8 cakes 11,5 cl. 5 5 5 0,34
1861.01 minicubes mould - 15 cakes 4 cl. 3,5 3,5 3,5 0,28
The cubic revolution is taking hold in the kitchen, bringing original

creations to your plates and shapely formations to your platters.
The cube portion mould makes individual preparations, and the
mini-cube mould prepares pastries the perfect size to pop in your
mouth. Finger food and delicacies at the same time. The Elastocube
has been carefully designed to guarantee flawless shapes with
straight lines and geometric angles. It is suitable for both hot and
cold use, and will successfully fulfill any and all of your demands
Silicone mat ELASTOMOULE, smooth relief (10 mm high)

1800.55 55,5 36 1 0,3
Patterned silicone foam tray. Non-stick. For cooking in the oven

and freezing, from -70°C to 300°C (-90°F to 580°F). Perfect heat
caramelize. The plain tray is perfect for making caramels, fruit
paste, etc., which are then cut up using a banjo-wire guillotine.
Page 232
SUPPLE MOULDS MOUL'FLEX Pro
Silicone nonstick supple professional moulds
Foodgrade PLATINUM silicone without peroxide guaranteed.
For intensive use
Professional dimensions 400 x 600 mm or GN 1/1.
For oven cooking and freezing from -40°C/-40°F to +300°C/580°F
Reduction in cooking time thanks to the R’System®
perforations.
Perforations localized between the various imprints of the
plate for a better heat or cold convection and to obtain:
Patented system
Silicone moulds MOUL'FLEX PRO - Hemispherical molds

1704.60 Tray 600 x 400 mm - 28 cakes 7 3,5 0,67
8,4 cl
1704.53 Tray gastro GN 1/1 - 18 cakes 7 3,5 0,4
Silicone moulds - MOUL'FLEX PRO - mini cakes

1701.53 Tray Gastro GN 1/1 - 20 cakes 9,7 4,8 3 0,5
10,5 cl
1701.60 Tray 600 x 400 - 30 cakes 9,7 4,8 3 0,75
While stocks last
Silicone moulds MOUL'FLEX PRO - portions "Madeleine"

1707.60 Tray 600 x 400 mm - 44 cakes 7,57 4,2 1,8 0,68
3 cl
Silicone moulds MOUL'FLEX PRO - portions muffins

1710.60 Tray 600 x 400 mm - 24 cakes 6,8 3,5 0,74
12,2 cl
1710.53 Tray gastro GN 1/1 - 24 cakes 6,8 3,5 0,54
Page 233
SUPPLE MOULDS MOUL'FLEX Pro
Silicone moulds MOUL'FLEX PRO - portions "Bordelais" fluted cakes
1708.60 Tray 600 x 400 mm - 54 cakes 5,5 4,7 1
8,2 cl
While stocks last
Silicone moulds MOUL'FLEX PRO - mini-tartlets

1711.60 Tray 600 x 400 mm - 60 cakes 4,1 0,8 0,58
0,95 cl
While stocks last
Page 234
SUPPLE MOULDS MOUL'FLEX - Silicone pastry moulds
FLEXIBLE NONSTICK MOULDS

Foodgrade PLATINUM SILICONE
guaranteed without peroxyde
-40° to + 280°C (-40° / 530°F)
Ideal for SWEET and SAVORY HOT,
COOL or FROZEN PREPARA TION S
MOUL'FLEX - 7 rectangular "Financier" cakes

1976.03 Black tray 295 x 173 mm 9,5 4,5 1,2 0,09
MOUL'FLEX - 25 moulds Mini-Financiers

1976.02 Tray 17,5x30 cm 4,9 2,6 0,15
1,05 cl
MOUL'FLEX- Silicone moulds - Mini-"Bordelais" fluted cakes

1977.01 BLACK tray 17,5 x 30 cm - 28 "Bordelais" cake 3,5 3,5 0,21
1,9 cl
MOUL'FLEX- Silicone moulds - 8 Bordelais fluted cakes

1968.01 tray 17,5x30 cm 5,5 5 0,16
8,2 cl
Page 235
MOUL'FLEX - 8 big cones
1997.01 Black tray 17,5 x 30 cm 5,1 5,9 0,13
9,2 cl
While stocks last
MOUL'FLEX- 15 Silicone moulds - Hemispherical ø 4 cm

1961.02 tray 17,5x30 cm 4 2 0,1
2 cl
MOUL'FLEX- Silicone moulds - Hemispherical ø 7 cm

1961.01 BLACK 17,5x30 cm - 6 hemispherical moulds 7 3,4 0,1
8,9 cl
The MOUL'FLEX range of flexible silicone moulds offers you a wide

choice of baking plates and large individual moulds for making
sweet, savory, hot, cold, and frozen preparations.
MOUL'FLEX- Silicone moulds - 6 Muffins

1962.01 tray 17,5x30cm 7,2 3 0,11
9,7 cl
MOUL'FLEX is as good for baking turning out and cleaning are

as it is for freezing and turns out extremely easy.
to be ideal for bain-marie cooking.
The silicone is non-stick: there's
no need to grease the moulds, and
MOUL'FLEX- Silicone moulds - Small fluted brioches

1964.01 BLACK tray 17,5 x 30 cm - 6 small brioches 8 3,5 0,11
9,5 cl
Before first use: - Wash the MOUL'FLEX in soapy water or in the

dishwasher - Grease the mould the first time you use it with a little
oil or melted butter. For subsequent use, you don't need to grease
the mould any more.
Page 236
MOUL'FLEX- Silicone moulds - Mini round tartlets ø 5 cm
1975.01 BLACK tray 17,5 x 30 cm - 15 round tarlets 5 1,5 0,1
1,9 cl
MOUL'FLEX- Silicone moulds - Madeleines

1966.01 BLACK tray 17,5 x 30 cm - 9 madeleines 7,5 4,5 1,8 0,1
3 cl
- For use in a heat-circulating oven, place the grille at mid-height in

the oven. - For use in a traditional oven, place it near the bottom of
the oven instead.
MOUL'FLEX - Silicone moulds - Mini-Madeleine

1994.01 Black tray - 17,5 x 30 cm - 30 cakes 4 3 1,1 0,09
0,63 cl
MOUL'FLEX- Silicone moulds - Savarin

1963.01 tray 17,5 x 30 cm - 6 Savarin moulds 7,2 2,3 0,14
7 cl
While stocks last
For making everything from attractive rum babas and jelly crowns
to fish pâté.
MOUL'FLEX- Silicone moulds - Rectangular mould Cake

1976.01 BLACK tray 17,5 x 30 cm - 9 Cake moulds 9 4,8 3 0,19
9 cl
Page 237
MOUL'FLEX- 8 silicone moulds - Oval
1971.01 Tray 17,5x30 cm 6,5 4,1 3,4 0,16
9,7 cl
While stocks last
MOUL'FLEX - Silicone mould - Rectangular mould CAKE

1984.24 BLACK 24 10,5 6,5 1,4 0,16
This mould can be used for making sweet or savory cakes, pâtés,
etc.
MOUL'FLEX - Round pie pan

1990.24 24 4,2 1,9 0,17
MOUL FLEX - Tower

1989.00 26,4 16 5 0,16
MOUL'FLEX - Set of 6 silicone round muffin moulds "CUP CAKE"

Code Designation Kg
1985.05 ø 5 cm 0,03
While stocks last
MOUL FLEX quality - Pure platinum chocolate cakes, custards,...

silicone - peroxyde free. For Packed in a PVC transparent box.
freezing and oven cooking
(traditional oven and microwaves).
Perfect for muffins, savory or
sweety cakes, pannacottas,
Page 238
DE BUYER INDUSTRIES TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE - 2021 version
«These terms and conditions of sale apply to all sales made by our company and cannot be cancelled or 8- CLAIMS AND RETURN OF MERCHANDISE
unilaterally amended regardless of the clauses set forth in the buyer’s documents, and in particular their We do not accept any automatic returns. Returns of merchandise are only authorised after written acceptance by us and will
be sent postage paid. Merchandise must have been delivered within the last twenty (20) working days to be eligible. They will
terms and conditions of purchase, over which these terms and conditions of sale take precedence and give rise, after analysis by and decision of our quality department, to the replacement of any product recognised as defective
constitute the basis for negotiations in accordance with the provisions of Article L. 441-6 of the French by DE BUYER or a credit note which will be issued based on the net price invoiced.
Commercial Code.» For any return of merchandise due to an error by the client regarding the quantity ordered, the code (as proven by the refe-
rence number mentioned on the order), we will apply a thirty percent (30%) discount to the value of the returned merchandise
1- DOCUMENTS purchase value for restocking costs and shipping costs paid by DE BUYER for dispatch of the merchandise, after quantitative
All texts, information, characteristics or photographic reproductions included in our prices, catalogues or documentation are and qualitative verification of the products.
for information purposes only and are not guaranteed. We cannot, under any circumstances, be held liable in this respect in Restrictions: the following items are not eligible for returns regardless of the circumstances:
the event of inaccuracies. We reserve the right to make modifications thereto without giving prior notice. - Products damaged, used or stored in unfavourable conditions, or used in an abnormal or inappropriate manner;
- Special manufactures or orders and products not included in the catalogue.
2 - ORDERS Any claim must be made by registered letter with acknowledgement of receipt requested within a maximum of eight (8)
Orders are only considered definitive when they have been confirmed in writing. In the event of a stock shortage, DE BUYER working days as from the delivery date.
will process orders based on their order of arrival and while stocks last. In the event of a claim regarding articles, our liability is limited to replacing the defective piece or article, without it being ne-
Any amendment to or cancellation of an order for products from the catalogue, requested by the client, can only be conside- cessary, under any circumstances or for any reason whatsoever to grant an indemnity of any kind. Shipping costs for pieces
red if made in writing at least five (5) working days before the dispatch of catalogue products. or articles and the return of defective pieces or articles are borne by the buyer.
DE BUYER reserves the right to make any amendments to its products, that it deems useful, at any time and to amend the
models defined in its prospectuses or catalogues without giving prior notice. 9- CONDITIONS FOR USE OF THE BRANDS AND ADVERTISING MEDIA
3- PRICES The company owns all intellectual and industrial property rights covering products sold under its brand and/or any other brand
The prices applicable to the buyer are specified in Euros, excluding taxes, including packaging, except for special packaging used by the company. Commercial relations established between the company and the buyer do not give the buyer any right
charged separately, net and not including transport. over advertising media, brands or any other distinctive company sign. Any use of these elements by the buyer requires the
The prices are non-binding and can be modified at any time without notice. Invoices are drawn up based on the prices in company’s prior written consent.
force on the order confirmation date. Use by the buyer of these advertising media, brands and distinctive signs on commercial documents, in particular advertise-
4- DISCOUNTS ments, catalogues, prospectuses, professional directories etc. is subject to DE BUYER’s express prior consent.
The client may benefit from a discount depending on the quantities purchased or delivered at one time or to one location, or In the event of wrongdoing by the buyer in the reproduction or use of one of these elements, DE BUYER will be entitled to
based on the frequency of orders. claim compensation for the harm suffered.
The buyer undertakes not to carry out promotional campaigns (sales, discounts, promotions etc.) on products supplied under
5 - SUPPLY, ONLINE SALES the DE BUYER brand without the express prior consent of the latter. Any sale of counterfeit merchandise and/or merchandise
Products for online distribution must be exclusively supplied by the manufacturing company. The purpose of online dis- resembling DE BUYER’s merchandise (product itself, packaging, brand, logos etc.) which may lead to confusion in the minds
tribution is to market Products to the end customer or authorised distributors which are part of the company’s selective of the public is prohibited.
distribution network. DE BUYER reserves the right to change the technical properties of products supplied without informing the buyer beforehand.
Consequently, the buyer expressly undertakes not to sell Products to unauthorised retailers, wholesalers or traders, an Failure to respect the provisions above can result, if DE BUYER chooses, in the suspension of deliveries, reconsideration of
essential undertaking in this agreement without which the parties would not have entered into a contract. the agreement and/or compensation for harm suffered.
The marketing of Products by means of a website is subject to a Selective Distribution Agreement.
The Selective Distribution Agreement or refusal to grant an authorisation will be communicated to the buyer within thirty (30) 10- MANUFACTURING WARRANTY
days of receipt of the full authorisation application file. The products are covered by a one (1) year warranty as from the delivery date.
The authorisation to sell Products through a website is granted to the buyer for a period of one (1) year as from the signature - It applies to products used in normal and suitable conditions and for which a manufacturing defect is
of the Agreement and will be automatically updated for a further period of one (1) year, unless terminated by one of the observed by our Quality department;
parties, respecting a notice period of three (3) months. - It does not apply to damaged products or products used or stored in unfavourable conditions, or used in an
In the event of a breach of one of the obligations under the Agreement, by the buyer, on the website, and if the buyer does not abnormal, inappropriate manner, or special manufactures;
remedy such breaches within a period of one (1) month as from formal notice given by the company by registered letter with - It does not apply in the case of apparent defects.
acknowledgement of receipt asking that the situation be rectified, the agreement will be automatically terminated. In order to assert its rights, the buyer must inform DE BUYER, in writing of the existence of defects within a period of one (1)
By distributing online, the buyer undertakes to take proper care of the sale of the Products online and to comply with the year as from the date on which the defect is observed, under penalty of losing the right to take any related actions.
legal requirements, in particular: DE BUYER will replace or repair those products or pieces under warranty deemed defective by the quality department. The
- To only retail the Products to the end user and only process normal requests from this category of buyer; replacement of defective products or pieces will not give rise to an extension of the warranty specified above.
- Permanently have sufficient stock, stored in conditions which make it possible to meet consumer requests for Products, and The buyer alone is liable for patents and counterfeits with respect to special articles made based on models or designs
otherwise to remove the Products from its offer in the absence of stock allowing it to meet demands, the storage conditions provided by the buyer.
being defined in the authorisation; Keen to improve quality, we reserve the right to make any changes to our articles which we deem necessary.
- Deliver products to consumers based on available stock, limited to two (2) units of the same reference per order;
- Inform the client of the usual delivery times, which should not exceed eight (8) working days as from the placing of the order 11- PENALTY CLAUSE
online, and the existence of a right of withdrawal; The buyer undertakes to pay, under the penalty clause, in accordance with Article 1231-5 of the French Civil Code, a lump-
- Indicate the payment, delivery and performance methods as well as the validity of the offer and the price. sum indemnity of fifteen percent (15%) excluding taxes of the agreement, in the event that it does not perform one of its
By distributing online, the buyer undertakes to respect legislation specific to online sales and general applicable regulations. obligations. The penalty is indivisible and payable to DE BUYER, even if the latter requests the cancellation of the agreement.
It undertakes to make transparent offers to the consumer, provide advice and assistance and an aftersales service. This clause does not prevent DE BUYER from taking legal action to obtain compensation for all harm suffered due to non-per-
formance if said harm exceeds the amount of the penalty clause.
6- REGULATIONS
- Applicable for France: 12- TITLE RETENTION
Our invoices are payable within thirty (30) days of the invoice issue date, net, without any discount. For cash payments, In the event of non-payment by the client of all or part of the price of the order, DE BUYER reserves, until payment in full, a
i.e. received within a maximum of ten (10) days from the invoice date, the client can deduct a discount of zero point five property right over the products sold, allowing it to take back possession of said products. Any down-payment made by the
percent (0.50%). Beyond outstanding invoices authorised by us, and which can be modified at any time, our invoices are client will remain the property of DE BUYER as a lump-sum indemnity, without prejudice to any other actions it may be entitled
payable in advance. to bring against the client in this respect. Consequently, the transfer of ownership of the products, to the benefit of the buyer,
- Applicable for Exports: will only take place upon full payment of the price by the latter, regardless of the delivery date of said products.
The first orders are payable in advance. Any other payment method can only be used after providing the commercial refe-
rences and bank details, and remains subject to approval of our insurance company. Our invoices are then payable within 13- FORCE MAJEURE
thirty (30) days of the invoice issue date, net, without any discount. The company is automatically released from its obligations if the payment conditions are not respected by the buyer or in
Any tax, charge, duty or other service payable in accordance with French regulations, or those of an import company or the event of force majeure or events such as: industrial action, complete or partial strikes in the company or of its suppliers,
transit company, are payable by the client. service providers, carriers, postal services, public services, unavailability of raw materials or power, urgent injunction of public
- Applicable for France and Exports: authorities (import ban, embargo), operating accidents, machine breakdown, explosion, epidemic, war, armed conflict, attack,
For orders involving a special manufacture, made off plan, one third (1/3) of the amount will be payable in advance as a earthquake, requisition, fire, flood, machinery accidents, failing or shortcoming of a supplier or subcontractor. The company
down payment. will inform the buyer informed, at the earliest opportunity of force majeure events.
In the event of failure to respect a deadline or late payment, all amounts due are immediately payable and all pending orders
will be suspended. 14- PERSONAL DATA PROCESSING
Moreover, in light of the terms of Article L. 441-10 of the French Commercial Code, the buyer is automatically required to pay DE BUYER, data controller, processes the data of employees and/or client partners in the context of commercial relations with
penalties calculated on the amounts due by applying a rate corresponding to three (3) times the legal interest rate in force on clients whose purpose is the negotiation, completion, management, tracking, preparation and dispatch of orders, invoicing,
the due date, increased by 10%. By virtue of Article L. 441-10 paragraph 5 of the Commercial Code and in accordance with accounting, and collection as well as the sending of commercial and/or advertising information.
Article D. 441-5 of the French Commercial Code, a lump-sum indemnity for collection costs of forty (40) euros is automatically
payable by the buyer from the first day of delay. If the collection costs incurred are higher, an additional indemnity may be Pursuant to the conditions defined in the French Data Protection Act and the European General Data Protection Regulation
requested by the company upon presentation of supporting documents. (or GDPR), data subjects are entitled to access, request rectification, erasure, minimisation and, as may be relevant, porta-
If, following a particular agreement, the payment date mentioned on the invoice is after the deadline indicated in the terms bility of personal data.
and conditions of sale, the date mentioned on the invoice will be taken into account.
All of the above-mentioned conditions are understood under the guarantees granted by insurance companies. Data subjects are also entitled to define general and specific directives specifying the way in which they expect the rights
In the event of non-payment, forty-eight (48) hours after formal notice sent by registered letter with return receipt requested mentioned above to be exercised after their death.
remaining without response, the sale will be automatically cancelled if we so choose and we may request, in summary
proceedings, the return of the products, without prejudice to any other damages. The cancellation will concern not only the Pursuant to the conditions provided for by law and the GDPR, if the legal basis of processing is in the legitimate interest of
order in question, but also all previous unpaid orders, whether they have been delivered or are out for delivery and their the company, unless the company demonstrates the existence of compelling and legitimate reasons for this processing which
payment is due or not. prevail over the interests, rights and freedoms of the data subject, subjects can also, for reasons related to their specific
In the case of payment by paper instrument, failure to return the instrument within the legal time frame will be considered situation (legitimate grounds) object to the processing of their personal data.
as non-acceptance equivalent to non-payment. Any client credit deterioration may justify the demand for guarantees or an
advance payment, before completion of the orders received. Payments cannot, under any circumstances, be suspended or To exercise these rights or for any other question regarding the processing of personal data, data subjects can contact:
be the subject of any compensation without the prior written consent of DE BUYER. [email protected]
7- CARRIAGE AND PACKAGING, INSURANCE, DELIVERY Data subjects are entitled to file a claim with the French Data Protection Authority, the Commission Nationale de l’Informatique
Even for dispatches postage paid, merchandise is always sent at the buyer’s risk and peril and it is its responsibility to verify et des Libertés (CNIL).
merchandise upon arrival, and if applicable to seek remedy, by registered letter with return receipt requested, from the
carriers, who alone are liable for damage, theft, losses or delays. For more information, please consult the PERSONAL DATA PROCESSING POLICY available upon request.
The buyer is required in particular to verify the visible condition of merchandise upon delivery. With regards to losses or
damage observed, the buyer must send any claims to the carrier in accordance with Articles L. 133-3 and following of the 15- DISPUTE SETTLEMENT AND JURISDICTION
Commercial Code, by registered letter with return receipt requested, within 3 days of delivery, with a copy sent to DE BUYER. THE EPINAL (88 France) COMMERCIAL COURT ALONE HAS JURISDICTION, including in the case of a third-party claim or
No claim can be validly accepted in the event that the buyer fails to respect these formalities. multiple defendants. The only governing law is French law. The French version of these terms and conditions of sale prevails
Our delivery times are given for information purposes only and run as from when the order is considered firm and definitive. over the English version.
DE BUYER undertakes to respect said times. Delays cannot under any circumstances justify full or partial cancellation of the
order or give the client a right of retention or entitle it to the payment of damages. For the payment of our invoices:
DE BUYER will not, under any circumstances, be liable to pay direct or indirect damages, of any kind whatsoever, arising Banque CIC F–70 000 VESOUL
due to failure to respect delivery deadlines. IBAN : FR76 3008 7331 8200 0212 9910 108
The risks of loss or deterioration of the products and any risk of liability related to the existence or use of products are BIC : CMCIFRPP
transferred to the client as from dispatch. The client therefore undertakes to take out insurance to cover products against any
risk, in particular fire, theft or water damage. Bank KOLB SA F-88500 MIRECOURT
In the absence of specific dispatch instructions from the client, DE BUYER can have products transported by the carrier of its IBAN : FR76 1325 9023 2010 2718 0020 048
choice without it being possible for it to be held liable. BIC : KOLBFR21 - SWIFT : NORDFRPP
Moreover, in the event of interruption of work due to force majeure, as defined hereafter, contracts will be suspended and
we cannot be held liable.
cgvDEBUYER2020_ENGL.indd 1 05/12/2019 13:45:38

ALPHABETICAL INDEX
A Frame 178
Army mug 33 Frypan, steel 6-21, 26-28, 77
Alcohol gel 166 Frypan, nonstick 37-51, 76
Frypan, stainless steel 57,58,62,66,67,75
B Frypan, copper 81,85,86,
Bag (pastry bag) 222, 223 Frypan «Triblinis» 18
Bag holder 223 Funnel 141, 207
Bain-marie 70, 71
Bain-marie cooker 206 G
Baker blade 204 Genoise cutter 158
Baking paper 202 Génoise frame 178
Baking tray 199, 200, 201 Gloves 21, 39, 51, 160, 167
Basting spoon 150, 151, 152 Grate 198, 201
Blini pan 11, 15, 16, 48, 89 Greaseproof paper 207
Bottle 224 Grip for dish 152
Bowl 29, 136
Bucket 139, 140 H-I-J-K
Burner 28 Hanging bar 149
Ice-cream scoop 141
C Jam pan, copper 95
Candy Thermometer 163, 207 Knife 29, 129, 130, 131, 132
Caramelizing iron 225
Chestnut fry-pan 27 L
Chinese strainer 137, 138 Ladle 149, 150, 151, 152
Cleaner for metal 95, 167 LE TUBE 143, 144, 213
Colander 137 Lid 59, 60, 64, 69, 88, 90, 94
Crepe pan, steel 10, 15, 18, 21, 27 Lid, glass 11, 14, 38, 41, 42, 64, 66,
Crepe pan, nonstick 41, 43, 45, 48, 77 Lobster fork 160
Cutter vegetable 125 Long rolled cake mold 172, 173
Cutter 204
Cutting board 133, 166 M
Meat fork 149
D Mill 139
Dariole mould 179 Mini saucepan 94
Deep fryer 20 Mould for «Charlotte» 179, 181
Dish 30, 137 Mould for pie 175, 176, 180, 185
Dough scraper 205 Mould, hemispherical 179
Dough wheel 204, 205 Mould, stainless steel 176, 181-185, 224
Dredger 31, 139 Mould Canelés 95, 178
MOUL’FLEX 235-238
E-F MOUL’FLEX PRO 233, 234
Egg dish 93 Mould silicone 228-238
Elastomoule 228-232
Filter for funnel 141 N
Fish frypan 46, 47, 59 Nozzles 208-212, 216
Fish kettle 70 Nutmeg mill 107
Flour scoop 140
Page 240
O Skimmer 149, 150, 151
Omelette turner 150 Slicer (vegetable) 116, 117, 118
Oval pan 93 120, 122, 123, 124
Oven peel 162 Smoker oven 33
Oyster knife 160 Spatula 31, 51, 146, 147
150-158
P Spices mill 32, 99, 107, 110, 111
Pastry bag 222, 223
Pastry brush 30, 224, 225 Stand for wok 70
Pastry frame 192 Steamcooker 59, 63, 65, 69, 74, 83
Pastry spatula 157 Stewpan, nonstick 39
Pepper/salt mill 99-111 Stewpan,stainless steel 58, 63, 65, 68
Piston funnel 144, 145 Stewpan, copper 83, 85, 87, 91
Pizza cutting wheel 32, 161 Stewpan, oval 59, 88
Pizza oven peel 162 Stockpot 69, 82, 88, 91
Plancha 16, 19, 25 Strainer 139
Plastic scraper 205 String 166
Pusher 138, 232 Sugar saucepan 207
Sweet maker 206
R
Rack for cutting boards 133, 166 T
Raplette, sliding & egalizing 193 Tart mould 161, 180, 181, 185
Relief sheet 173 197, 198
Ribbon 194 Tart ring 186-190
Ring for pastry 190-196 Thermometer 163, 164, 165
Roasting pan 16, 48, 60, 89 Thermometer with probe 164
Rolling pin 204 Timer 165
Tinned wire basket 20
S Tomato-slicer 126
Salt shaker 106 Tray 184, 185, 198-201
Saucepan, nonstick 38 Tray, round
Saucepan, stainless steel 56, 60, 61, 66, 67, 74 Triangular spatula 31, 158
Saucpean, copper 80, 84, 86, 90, 92 Trivet 28
Sauté-pan, steel 9, 10, 13 Tweezer 30, 147, 152, 153
Sauté-pan, nonstick 38, 39, 41, 43, 48
Sauté-pan, stainless steel 56, 57, 58, 62, 66, 68, W
75, 76, 77, Whisk 155
Sauté-pan, copper 80, 81, 82, 84, 85, 87, Wok, steel 11, 14, 19
90, 92, 93 Wok, nonstick 39, 48
Scales 163 Wok,stainless steel 57, 64, 70
Scharpener 133 Wok, copper 83, 87, 93
Scissors 159
Self-service dish 33
Sieve 138
All texts, information, characteristics and photographs in this catalogue are for information only and
Silicone mat 202, 203 are not warranted. We disclaim liability in event of inaccuracy thereof. We reserve the right to make any
Silicone moulds 228-238 changes therein without prior notice.
Sirup density meter 163 Credits photos : Eric Marin - Bella Karragiannidis
de Buyer Industries - Studio Julien Bouvier - Lézards’Création
Skewer 30, 153
Thanks to Atelier TB, Bragard, Febvay France, Garnier-Thiebaut, REVOL.
Page 241
NUMERICAL INDEX
Code Page Code Page Code Page Code Page Code Page Code Page Code Page Code Page
0237 198 1962 236 2125 219 3122 19, 70 3302 205 3501 67 3939 195 4272 129
042002 194 1963 237 2126 217 3125 179 3320 200 3502 68 3940 191 4275 129
042003 194 1964 236 2128 217 3130 151 3321 201 3503 68 3941 195 4280 29, 131
042004 194 1966 237 2129 217 3133 179 3323 204 3504 67 3942 195 4281 130, 131
042005 194 1968 235 2130 220 3134 152 3324 204 3505 68 3943 195 4282 131
042011 194 1971 238 2140 152 3135 152 3329 11, 14, 39, 3506 69 3979 33 4283 132
042016 194 1975 237 2601 149 3136 152, 161 57, 64, 83, 3507 69 3982 150 4284 132
042024 194 1976 235, 237 2610 155 3139 196 3330 201 3509 64, 69 3983 150 4285 29, 131, 132
042026 194 1977 235 2611 155 3141 151 3339 152 3565 140 3984 150 4286 132
042032 207 1984 238 2612 127 3142 151 3350 137, 138 3601 61 3985 150 4287 131
044085N 224 1985 238 2701 148 3143 151 3351 137 3602 62 3989 32, 190 4290 133
0816 28 1988 71 3000 224 3144 151 3352 138 3603 62 4021 140 4291 133
0820 28 1989 238 3002 193 3150 151 3353 145 3604 62 4111 11, 41 4304 204
1701 233 1990 238 3005 224 3170 149 3354 137, 144, 3605 63 4112 57, 75 4307 204
1704 233 1994 237 3006 186-188 3201 203 145 3608 64 4140 133, 166 4308 204
1707 233 1997 236 190-196 3202 178 3356 141, 207 3675 59, 63, 65, 4150 211, 212 4336 223
1708 234 20 24 3007 224 3203 177 3357 141 69, 74, 83 4151 208 4337 166
1710 233 2000 117 3013 192 3204 172 3358 143, 144, 3706 56 4152 209 4338 166
1711 234 2004 139 3015 192 3205 172 213 3709 59, 81, 88 4153 209 4343 173
1800 232 2005 126 3018 192 3206 172, 173 3360 200 3718 57 4155 208 4344 177, 178, 202
1831 232 2007 139 3021 149, 150 3208 177 3361 201 3719 59 4156 208 4346 223
1832 231 2011 29, 124 3027 196 3210 174 3366 201 3724 57 4165 210 4347 222, 223
1833 232 2012 116, 117 3030 171, 189 3211 174 3371 136 3726 59 4166 209 4348 222, 223
1834 231 2014 122 3031 189 3212 175 3372 136 3727 60 4168 209 4349 223
1836 232 2015 117, 119, 3032 189 3213 176 3373 136 3730 56 4180 210 4357 202
1845 230 121-123 3037 195 3214 176 3379 136 3736 57 4181 210 4358 202
1850 228 2016 120, 121 3040 191 3221 33 3390 70 3740 58 4182 210 4359 202
1851 230 2017 118, 119, 3041 150 3232 137 3401 30, 153 3741 58 4183 210 4361 204
1852 229 122 3052 225 3240 137 3410 66 3742 58 4200 95, 167 4362 204
1853 230 2018 125 3065 178 3242 139 3411 66 3743 57 4230 157 4370 140
1856 231 2040 225 3069 195 3250 29, 136 3412 66 3745 58 4231 157 4409 166
1858 229 2111 214 3076 196 3271 140 3427 65 3746 56 4232 31, 158 4420 25
1859 230 2112 214, 215 3077 194, 196 3274 140 3429 14, 38, 42, 3751 60 4233 31, 158 4441 33
1861 232 2113 216 3091 190 3276 139 57, 64, 66, 83, 87 3753 60 4234 158 4530 136
1862 230 2114 219, 221 3093 190 3280 137 3437 71, 206 3754 60 4235 31, 158 4591 163
1866 229 2115 216 3095 179 3283 30, 137 3441 33 3905 193, 195 4236 158 4604 138
1868 228 2116 218 3096 195 3290 162 3449 70 3906 193, 195 4237 153 4605 138
1869 231 2117 215 3098 186- 188 3293 162 3491 74 3912 191 4238 153 4636 21, 39, 51, 167
1873 228 2118 216 3099 186- 189, 3294 150 3493 75 3930 137 4239 30, 153 4650 165
1875 229 2119 217 195 3300 205 3495 75 3937 196 4270 129 4670 204
1961 236 2120 218, 219 3111 70 3301 205 3500 206 3938 195 4271 129 4682 160
Page 242
Code Page Code Page Code Page Code Page Code Page Code Page Code Page Code Page
4683 159, 160 4840 204 5320 199 5718 11 6462 90 8311 39 P230 99
4685 159 4843 183 5321 199 6200 95, 207 6463 90 8313 39 104, 105
4687 160 4844 183 5350 32, 197 6202 95, 207 6464 90 8317 39 P240 106
4700 181 4856 222 5353 197 6206 80 6465 90 8320 38, 198 P245 100, 101
4701 182 4858 205 5356 185 6224 81 6466 91 8359 74, 77 P246 101
4702 182 4859 222 5357 185 6230 80 6467 91 8360 75 P247 102
4703 181 4870 146 5358 185 6232 82 6468 91 8440 45 P249 102
4705 180 4871 146 5359 185 6236 81 6572 207 8450 45 P251 103
4706 180 4872 146 5362 199 6241 82 6580 95 8460 45 P253 102
4707 180 4873 147 5363 199 6242 83 6581 95 8470 45 P256 103
4708 181 4874 147 5400 26 6243 82 6820 95, 178 8480 44 P292 99, 107
4709 181 4875 147, 162 5408 27 6244 82 7291 162 8481 46 S322 108
4710 183 4876 147 5414 26 6247 83 7293 162 8485 45 S323 108
4711 183 4881 164, 165 5440 26 6306 84 7350 161 8740 76 S324 108
4712 183 4882 164 5490 27 6324 85 7360 199 8745 76 S327 108
4713 170, 171, 4884 163, 207 5491 27 6330 84 7362 199 8748 76 S330 99
184 4885 163, 164 5493 27 6332 85 7366 197 8760 42 104, 105
4714 184 4887 163 5530 19 6336 85 7367 200 8765 43 S340 106
4715 184 4891 156 5540 19 6342 85 7368 200 8768 43 S345 100, 101
4716 184 4920 133, 166 5610 7, 12 6406 86 7664 48 8780 40 S346 101
4717 182 4931 202 5611 15 6424 86, 89 8030 51 8785 41 S347 102
4718 182 4935 203 5612 7, 15, 16 6425 89 8040 49 8788 41 S349 102
4719 181 4937 203 5613 13 6426 88 8050 49 C030 32, 99 S351 103
4720 149 4938 203 5614 13 6427 89 8060 49 104, 105 S353 102
4740 156 4959 33 5615 6, 15 6430 87 8070 49 C040 106 S392 99, 107
4745 156 4970 32, 161 5616 13 6432 93 8136 198 C045 100, 101
4761 164 5020 20 5618 14 6436 87 8137 198 C046 101
4766 183 5023 28 5619 14 6440 87 8140 48 C047 102
4770 178 5026 28 5630 77 6441 87 8161 200 C049 102
4781 205 5050 20 5634 77 6442 87 8162 200 C084 111
4782 139 5051 20 5635 77 6444 88 8180 47 C086 110
4783 31, 139 5110 17 5640 16 6445 92, 94 8181 47 C087 111
4788 30, 153 5111 18 5651 16 6446 93 8183 47 C092 99, 107, 111
4789 152 5113 19 5652 15 6447 94 8184 47 C192 111
4805 224 5114 19 5654 13 6448 92 8185 48 M245 101
4807 30, 225 5120 18 5680 9 6449 93 8187 48 M340 106
4813 51, 152 5130 17 5684 9 6450 92, 94 8188 48 M516 107
4815 141 5131 18 5710 10 6451 93 8300 37 P222 108
4816 152 5140 18 5712 11 6453 94 8304 38 P223 108
4826 141 5141 18 5714 10 6454 94 8309 38 P224 108
4827 141 5303 21, 27 5715 10 6460 90 8310 38 P227 108
Page 243
conditions générales de vente DE BUYER INDUSTRIES - version 2021
«Les présentes conditions générales de vente s’appliquent à toutes les ventes conclues par notre société 8- RECLAMATIONS ET RETOUR DE MARCHANDISE
et ne peuvent être ni annulées, ni modifiées unilatéralement quelles que soient les clauses pouvant figurer Nous n’acceptons aucun retour d’office. Les retours de marchandises ne sont autorisés qu’après acceptation écrite de notre
part, et circuleront FRANCO. Ils ne porteront que sur des marchandises livrées depuis moins de vingt (20) jours ouvrés. Ils
sur les documents de l’acheteur, et notamment ses conditions générales d’achat sur lesquelles les pré-
donneront lieu, après analyse et décision de notre service qualité, à un remplacement du produit reconnu défectueux par DE
sentes conditions générales de vente prévalent et constituent le socle de la négociation conformément aux BUYER ou à un avoir qui sera délivré par rapport au prix net facturé.
dispositions de l’article L.441-6 du Code de commerce.» Pour tout retour de marchandises dû à une erreur du client quant à la quantité commandée, le code (le numéro de référence
mentionné sur l’ordre faisant foi), nous effectuerons une décote de trente pourcent (30%) de la valeur d’achat de la marchan-
1- DOCUMENTS dise retournée pour frais de restockage et frais de port payés par DE BUYER lors de l’expédition de la marchandise, après
Tous les textes, renseignements, caractéristiques ou reproductions photographiques présents dans nos tarifs, catalogues ou vérification quantitative et qualitative des produits.
documentations ont une valeur indicative uniquement, sans garantie. Ils ne peuvent en aucun cas engager notre responsa- Restrictions : Dans tous les cas ne seront pas repris :
bilité en cas d’inexactitude. Nous nous réservons le droit d’y apporter toute modification, sans avis préalable. - Les produits endommagés, utilisés ou stockés dans des conditions défavorables, utilisés de façon anormale, inappropriée;
2- COMMANDES - Les fabrications et commandes spéciales, et produits « hors catalogues ».
Les commandes ne sont définitives que lorsqu’elles ont été confirmées par écrit. En cas de situation de pénurie, la société Tout type de réclamation devra être signalé par lettre recommandée avec accusé de réception dans un délai maximum de
DE BUYER répondra aux commandes en fonction de leur ordre d’arrivée et dans la mesure de ses disponibilités. huit (8) jours ouvrés après la date de livraison.
Toute modification ou résolution de commande de produits catalogue demandée par le client ne peut être prise en considéra- En cas de réclamation sur des articles, notre responsabilité est limitée au remplacement de la pièce ou de l’article défectueux,
tion que si elle est parvenue par écrit au moins cinq (5) jours ouvrés avant l’expédition des produits catalogue. sans qu’il y ait lieu d’accorder, en aucun cas et pour quelque raison que ce soit, une indemnité quelconque. Les frais d’envoi
La société DE BUYER se réserve le droit d’apporter à tout moment toute modification qu’elle juge utile à ses produits et de des pièces ou articles, et de retour des pièces ou articles défectueux sont à la charge de l’acheteur.
modifier sans avis préalable les modèles définis dans ses prospectus ou catalogues. 9- CONDITIONS D’UTILISATION DES MARQUES ET DES SUPPORTS PUBLICITAIRES
3- PRIX La société est titulaire de l’ensemble des droits de propriété intellectuelle et industrielle couvrant les produits vendus sous sa
Les prix du tarif applicable à l’acheteur s’entendent en Euro, H.T., emballage compris, sauf pour les emballages spéciaux marque et/ou toute autre marque utilisée par la société. Les relations commerciales établies entre la société et l’acheteur ne
taxés en sus, nets, transport non compris. donnent aucun droit à l’acheteur sur les supports publicitaires, marques ou tout autre signe distinctif de la société. Tout usage
Les prix sont donnés sans engagement de notre part et peuvent être modifiés à tout moment sans préavis. La facturation par l’acheteur de ces éléments doit obtenir l’approbation préalable et écrite de la société.
s’effectue selon le tarif en vigueur à la date de confirmation de commande. L’usage par l’acheteur de ces supports publicitaires, marques et signes distinctifs sur des documents commerciaux notam-
4- REMISE ment publicités, catalogues, prospectus, répertoires professionnels, etc., est soumis à l’accord préalable et exprès de la
Le client pourra bénéficier de réduction de prix en fonction des quantités acquises ou livrées en une seule fois et un seul lieu, société DE BUYER.
ou de la régularité de ses commandes. En cas de faute de l’acheteur dans la reproduction ou l’utilisation de l’un de ces éléments, la société DE BUYER sera en droit
5- APPROVISIONNEMENT, COMMERCIALISATION EN LIGNE de réclamer le dédommagement du préjudice subi.
La distribution en ligne doit être approvisionnée exclusivement en Produits auprès de la société fabricante. La distribution en L’acheteur s’interdit de procéder à des opérations promotionnelles (soldes, discounts, promotion…) sur les produits fournis
ligne a pour but de commercialiser les Produits qu’au consommateur final ou à des distributeurs agréés membres du réseau sous la marque de la société DE BUYER sans l’accord exprès et préalable de cette dernière. Toute vente de marchandises
de distribution sélectif de la société. contrefaites et/ou dont la ressemblance avec ceux de la société DE BUYER (produit lui-même, conditionnement, marque,
L’acheteur s’interdit expressément en conséquence de vendre les Produits à des revendeurs non agréés, grossistes ou logos…) serait susceptible d’entraîner une confusion dans l’esprit du public est prohibée.
négociants, obligation essentielle du contrat sans laquelle les parties n’auraient pas contracté. La société DE BUYER se réserve la possibilité de faire évoluer les caractéristiques techniques des produits fournis sans en
La commercialisation des Produits au moyen d’un site Internet est soumise à un Contrat de distribution sélective. informer au préalable l’acheteur.
Le Contrat de distribution sélective du site Internet ou le refus d’agrément sera communiqué à l’acheteur dans un délai de Le non-respect des dispositions ci-dessus pourra entraîner, au choix de la société DE BUYER, la suspension des livraisons,
trente (30) jours ouvrés suivant la réception d’un dossier complet de demande d’agrément. la remise en cause du contrat et/ou une indemnisation du préjudice subi.
L’agrément pour la vente des Produits par l’intermédiaire d’un site Internet est accordé à l’acheteur pour une durée d’un (1) 10- GARANTIE DE FABRICATION
an à compter de la signature du Contrat et se renouvellera par tacite reconduction pour une nouvelle période d’un (1) an, sauf La garantie des produits est d’un (1) an à compter de la date de livraison.
dénonciation préalable par l’une ou l’autre des parties, moyennant le respect d’un préavis de trois (3) mois. - Elle s’applique aux produits utilisés dans des conditions normales et appropriées d’utilisation et pour les-
En cas de manquement de l’acheteur sur le site en ligne à l’une des quelconques obligations lui incombant au titre du quelles un défaut de fabrication est constaté par notre service Qualité ;
Contrat, et s’il ne met pas fin aux dits manquements dans un délai d’un (1) mois suivant une lettre de mise en demeure de la - Elle ne s’applique pas pour les produits endommagés, utilisés ou stockés dans des conditions défavo-
société par courrier recommandé avec accusé de réception lui demandant d’y remédier, le contrat sera résilié de plein droit. rables, utilisés de façon anormale, inappropriée et les fabrications spéciales ;
L’acheteur en distribuant en ligne s’engage à apporter les meilleurs soins à la vente des Produits sur Internet, à se conformer - Elle ne joue pas pour les vices apparents.
aux exigences légales et notamment à : Afin de faire valoir ses droits, l’acheteur devra, sous peine de déchéance de toute action s’y rapportant, informer la société DE
- Ne vendre les Produits qu’au consommateur final au détail, et à ne répondre qu’à des demandes normales de cette BUYER, par écrit, de l’existence des vices dans un délai d’un (1) an à compter de la date de découverte du vice.
catégorie d’acheteur ; La société DE BUYER remplacera ou fera réparer les produits ou pièces sous garantie jugés défectueux par son service
- Disposer en permanence d’un stock suffisant conservé dans des conditions adaptées pour faire face aux demandes de qualité. Le remplacement des produits ou pièces défectueux n’aura pas pour effet de prolonger la durée de la garantie
Produits des consommateurs, et à défaut retirer les Produits de l’offre en l’absence de stocks permettant de répondre à la ci-dessus fixée.
demande, les conditions de stock étant défini dans l’agrément ; Les articles spéciaux réalisés suivant des modèles ou dessins fournis par l’acheteur engagent la seule responsabilité de
- Livrer les consommateurs en fonction des stocks disponibles dans la limite de deux (2) unités d’une même référence par l’acheteur en matière de brevets et de contrefaçon.
commande ; Soucieux d’en améliorer la qualité nous nous réservons le droit d’apporter à nos articles toutes modifications que nous
- Indiquer les délais habituels de livraison au client, qui ne doivent pas excéder huit (8) jours ouvrés à compter de la com- jugerions nécessaires.
mande par Internet, ainsi que l’existence de son droit à rétractation ; 11- CLAUSE PENALE
- Indiquer les modalités de paiement, de livraison et d’exécution ainsi que la validité de l’offre et du prix. L’acheteur s’engage à verser, à titre de clause pénale, conformément à l’article 1231-5 du Code civil, une indemnité forfaitaire
L’acheteur en distribuant en ligne s’engage à respecter la législation spécifique à la vente sur Internet et à la réglementation de quinze pourcent (15%) HT du contrat, pour le cas où il n’exécuterait pas l’une quelconque des obligations mises à sa
applicable en général. Il s’engage à faire des offres transparentes au consommateur, apporter conseil et assistance au charge. La pénalité est indivisible et acquise à la société DE BUYER quand bien même ce dernier solliciterait la résolution
consommateur, et à avoir un service après-vente. du contrat. La présente clause n’interdit pas à la société DE BUYER de demander en justice l’indemnisation de la totalité du
6- REGLEMENT préjudice que lui causerait l’inexécution si celui-ci s’avérait supérieur au montant de la clause pénale.
- Applicable pour la France : 12- RESERVE DE PROPRIETE
Nos factures sont payables à trente (30) jours date d’émission de facture, net sans escompte. Pour les règlements comp- En cas de défaut de paiement par le client de tout ou partie du prix de la commande, la société DE BUYER se réserve,
tants, à savoir reçus sous les dix (10) jours maximum de la date de facture, le client a la possibilité de déduire un escompte jusqu’au complet paiement, un droit de propriété sur les produits vendus, lui permettant de reprendre possession desdits
de zéro unité et cinq dixièmes pourcent (0.50%). Au-delà de l’en-cours de facturation autorisé par nous, et modifiable à tout produits. Tout acompte versé par le client restera acquis à la société DE BUYER à titre d’indemnisation forfaitaire, sans pré-
moment, nos factures sont payables par avance. judice de toutes autres actions qu’il serait en droit d’intenter de ce fait à l’encontre du client. En conséquence, le transfert de
- Applicable pour l’Export : propriété des produits, au profit de l’acheteur, ne sera réalisé qu’après complet paiement du prix par ce dernier, et ce quelle
Les premières commandes sont payables par avance. Tout autre mode de paiement ne peut intervenir qu’après remise des que soit la date de livraison desdits produits.
références commerciales et bancaires d’usage, et reste sujet à l’accord de notre société d’assurance-crédit. Par la suite, nos 13- FORCE MAJEURE
factures sont payables à trente (30) jours date d’émission de facture, net sans escompte. La société est libérée de plein droit de ses obligations si les conditions de paiement n’ont pas été observées par l’acheteur
Tout impôt, taxe, droit ou autre prestation à payer en application des règlements français ou ceux d’un pays importateur ou ou en présence d’un cas de force majeure ou d’évènements assimilés tels que : conflit du travail, grève totale ou partielle
d’un pays de transit sont à la charge du client. dans la société ou ses fournisseurs, prestataires de services, transporteurs, postes, services publics, suspension ou arrêt
- Applicable pour la France et l’Export : d’activité des transporteurs, indisponibilité d’énergie, pénurie de matières premières ou d’emballages, injonction impérative
Les commandes résultant d’une fabrication spéciale, réalisées sur plan, seront payables d’avance pour un tiers (1/3) de leur des pouvoirs publics (interdiction d’importer, embargo, confinement, restrictions de circuler, mesures sanitaires…), accidents
montant à titre d’acompte. d’exploitation, bris de machines, explosion, guerre, conflit armé, attentat, tremblement de terre, réquisition, incendie, inonda-
En cas de non-respect d’une échéance et de retard de paiement, toutes les sommes dues deviennent immédiatement tion, accidents d’outillage, défaillance ou carence d’un fournisseur ou sous-traitant, pandémie ou épidémie connue ou non au
exigibles et toutes les commandes en cours sont suspendues. jour de la conclusion du contrat, maladie des salariés, mesures sanitaires exceptionnelles impactant la production. La société
De plus, au regard des termes de l’article L.441-10 du Code de commerce, l’acheteur est redevable de plein droit de péna- tiendra l’acheteur informé, en temps opportun, des cas ou évènements de force majeure ou assimilés.
lités calculées sur les montants dus par l’application d’un taux égal à trois (3) fois le taux d’intérêt légal en vigueur au jour 14- TRAITEMENT DES DONNEES PERSONNELLES
de son exigibilité augmenté de 10%. En vertu de l’article L.441-10 al 5 du Code de commerce et en application de l’article La société DE BUYER, responsable de traitement, met en œuvre des traitements de données personnelles des salariés et/ou
D.441-5 du Code de commerce, une indemnité forfaitaire pour frais de recouvrement de quarante (40) Euros est due de plein des collaborateurs de ses clients dans le cadre de la relation commerciale avec les clients ayant pour finalités la négociation,
droit par l’acheteur dès le premier jour de retard. Si les frais de recouvrement exposés sont supérieurs, une indemnisation l’exécution, la gestion, le suivi, la préparation et l’expédition des commandes, la facturation, la comptabilité et le recouvrement
complémentaire sur justification pourra être demandée par la société. ainsi que l’envoi d’informations commerciales et/ou publicitaires.
Si, suite à un accord particulier, la date de paiement mentionnée sur la facture est postérieure au délai indiqué dans les
conditions générales de vente, c’est la date portée sur la facture qui est prise en compte. Dans les conditions définies par la Loi « Informatique et Libertés » et le Règlement européen sur la protection des données
Toutes les conditions précitées s’entendent sous couvert des garanties accordées par les assurances crédit. (également désigné « RGPD »), les personnes dont les données sont traitées disposent d’un droit d’accès, de rectification,
En cas de défaut de paiement, quarante-huit (48) heures après une mise en demeure adressée par LRAR restée infruc- d’effacement, de minimisation et, le cas échéant, un droit de portabilité des données personnelles les concernant.
tueuse, la vente sera résiliée de plein droit si bon nous semble et nous pourrons demander, en référé, la restitution des
produits, sans préjudice de tous autres dommages et intérêts. La résolution frappera non seulement la commande en Les personnes concernées disposent également du droit de définir des directives générales et particulières définissant la
cause, mais aussi, toutes les commandes impayées antérieures, qu’elles soient livrées ou en cours de livraison et que leur manière dont elles entendent que soient exercés les droits mentionnés ci-dessus, après leur décès.
paiement soit échu ou non.
Au cas de paiement par effet de commerce, le défaut de retour de l’effet dans les délais légaux, sera considéré comme un Dans les conditions prévues par la loi et le RGPD, si la base légale pour le traitement est l’intérêt légitime de la société, sauf
refus d’acceptation assimilable à un défaut de paiement. Toute détérioration du crédit du client pourra justifier l’exigence de pour la société à démontrer l’existence de motifs impérieux et légitimes pour ce traitement qui prévalent sur les intérêts, droits
garanties ou d’un règlement par avance, avant exécution des commandes reçues. En aucun cas les paiements ne peuvent et libertés de la personne concernée, les personnes peuvent également, pour des raisons tenant à leur situation particulière
être suspendus ni faire l’objet d’une quelconque compensation sans un accord écrit et préalable de la société DE BUYER. (motif légitime), s’opposer au traitement des données les concernant.
7- PORT ET EMBALLAGE, ASSURANCE, LIVRAISON
Même pour les envois FRANCO, les marchandises voyagent toujours aux risques et périls de l’acheteur à qui il appartient de Pour exercer ces droits ou pour toute question sur les traitements de données, les personnes concernées peuvent s’adresser
vérifier les marchandises à l’arrivée, et d’exercer s’il y a lieu tous recours, par lettre recommandée avec accusé de réception, à : [email protected]
contre les transporteurs, qui sont seuls responsables des avaries, vols, pertes, ou retards.
L’acheteur est spécialement tenu de vérifier l’état apparent des marchandises lors de la livraison. S’agissant des pertes et Les personnes concernées disposent du droit d’introduire une réclamation auprès de l’autorité de contrôle compétente en
avaries constatées, l’acheteur doit adresser ses réclamations au transporteur conformément aux articles L 133-3 et suivants France, à savoir la Commission Nationale de l’Informatique et des Libertés (CNIL).
du code de commerce, par lettre recommandée avec A.R, dans les 3 jours de la livraison, avec copie à la Société DE Pour plus d’informations, vous êtes invités à vous reporter à la POLITIQUE DE TRAITEMENT DES DONNEES PERSON-
BUYER. Aucune réclamation ne pourra être valablement acceptée en cas de non-respect de ces formalités par l’acheteur. NELLES, disponible sur demande.
Nos délais de livraison sont donnés à titre indicatif seulement et ne courent qu’après la commande ferme et définitive. La
société DE BUYER s’efforce de les respecter. Les retards ne peuvent en aucun cas justifier l’annulation totale ou partielle de 15- REGLEMENT DES LITIGES ET JURIDICTION
la commande, ni donner droit à retenue ou à paiement de dommages intérêts. LE TRIBUNAL DE COMMERCE D’EPINAL (88 France) EST SEUL COMPETENT, y compris en cas de recours en garantie
La société DE BUYER ne sera en aucun cas responsable des dommages directs et indirects, quels qu’ils soient, pouvant ou de pluralité des défendeurs. Seule la loi française est applicable. La version française de ces conditions générales de
résulter du dépassement des délais de livraison. vente prévaut sur la version en anglais.
Les risques de perte ou de détérioration des produits et tout risque de responsabilité lié à l’existence ou l’utilisation des
produits se transmettent au client dès leur expédition. Le client s’engage donc à souscrire toute assurance pour couvrir les Pour le paiement de nos factures : Banque CIC F–70 000 VESOUL
produits contre tout risque notamment d’incendie, de vol, et dégâts des eaux. IBAN : FR76 3008 7331 8200 0212 9910 108
À défaut d’instructions d’expédition particulières par le client, DE BUYER pourra faire effectuer le transport par le transporteur BIC : CMCIFRPP
de son choix sans que sa responsabilité puisse être engagée.
En outre, en cas d’interruption du travail pour cas de force majeure tels que définis ci-après, les marchés sont suspendus Bank KOLB SA F-88500 MIRECOURT
et notre responsabilité dégagée. IBAN : FR76 1325 9023 2010 2718 0020 048
BIC : KOLBFR21 - SWIFT : NORDFRPP
D I S P L AY S DISPLAY WOOD AND WHITE
Elegant and practical for setting up a corner
dedicated to the brand de Buyer for a high-end presentation.
2 versions: wall display and central dispaly
DISPLAY UNIT ‘TOWER’
for a lively boutique with an original, eye-
catching display.
Emphasize the value of ‘Made in France‘ !
the TOWER display is available in 4-sided or
6-sided versions, with removable tables and
hooks and can be used to display any choice
of range:
• PRIMA MATERA
• AFFINITY
• ALCHIMY / MILADY
• ELASTOMOULE
• MINERAL B
• B BOIS
WALL DISPLAY 5000.20

90 x 47,5 cm HT 210 cm
4 removable shelves - 15 removable hooks
Equipped with a drawer on wheels
LED lighting (transfo 230/12V 60 W)
CENTRAL DISPLAY 5000.25

118 x 78 cm HT 155 cm- 2 sides
4-SIDE DISPLAY TOWER 5000.09 one side with adjustable shelves
60 x 60 cm Ht 200 cm - Different compostions one side with 3 removable hooks on wheels
available. Option: video screen 5000.96
B Bois
Ref. 5000.09C
Grid large display REF. 5000.00

255 cm high - 130 cm width - 60 cm deep.
Weight : 68 kg empty - Possible load : 500 kg.
Standard hooks : 27 cm long, ø 8 mm
Consult us for the

composition of displays
and the conditions to have
a display at disposal
* Every recipe holds a secret
de Buyer Industries
25, Faymont - 88340 Le Val d’Ajol - FRANCE
TEL: + 33 (0)3 29 30 66 12
21.07
[email protected] - www.debuyer.com
SIRET 403 467 574 00014 TVA FR68 403 467 574
English
couverture2021_ok_Alchimy.indd 2 21/01/2021 09:18:57

De Buyer

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

De Buyer

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

De Buyer

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

COLLECTION 2021

Chaque recette a son secret*

couverture2021_ok_Alchimy.indd 1 21/01/2021 09:18:57

191 years of history

FRENCH DESIGN AND

pagesintroCATALOGUE2021_ok.indd 1 29/01/2021 16:22:01

2020 has shown that being adaptable is truly the

de Buyer’s wide-ranging products give you every-

In 2021, we are ramping up our efforts to help you

This year, more than ever before, we are here to

We are honoured by your trust in us over the past

NONSTICK LE TUBE PRO

Notre solution Notre solution

les pâtes, les TEXTURES MOLLES • PÂTES • CRÈMES • MOUSSES,

Perforated stainless steel

4230.20 Spatule droite L. 20 cm 15,85 €

*Prix de base HT 2020 en Euros/public price 2020 in Euros

*Prix de vente conseillé HT 2020 en Euros

-70° / +300°C -2 douilles Petits Fours PF10-PF14

new web SITE debuyer.

Code Designation Lcm Wcm Hcm

BOX Steak Lover

Code Designation Lcm Wcm Hcm Kg

BOX #BRUNCHTIME Pancakes & Blinis

Code Designation Lcm Wcm Hcm Kg

Material of the White steel sheet Blued steel sheet

Cooking methods Searing / Grilling / Browning

Designed for cooking

Finish Natural beeswax protection Lightly oiled

Fixing of the handle Riveted +

Proﬁle Flared and rounded lyonnaise shape : facilitates turning of foods

PCB (packaging unit) 1 1 1 3-5 3 10

Round frypan MINERAL B PRO with cast st/steel handle

MINERAL B STEEL PAN WITH BEESWAX FINISH

Round frying pan MINERAL B BOIS

Wok MINERAL B BOIS

Glass lid with beechwood knob

Code Designation Øcm Hcm Kg

Suits on woks and country pans MINERAL B.

Round frying pan MINERAL B

Round frying pan "GRILL" MINERAL B

Round deep country pan MINERAL B

Code Designation Øcm Hcm Liters. Th.mm Bottom ø cm Kg

Round deep country pan MINERAL B with 2 handles

Wok MINERAL B with 2 handles

Glass lid with stainless steel knob

OMELETTE pan with rounded

Paella pan MINERAL B with 2 st/steel riveted handles

Round crepe pan MINERAL B

Blinis pan MINERAL B ELEMENT

3-blini pan MINERAL B

The Poﬀertjes pan to cook the famous Dutch mini-pancakes or

Oval roasting-pan with 2 st/steel riveted handles

Round "lyonnaise" frypan - Heavy quality steel

Round frying pan - Stainless steel cold handle

Oval fish frying pan, steel

Handle is riveted on the short axis for "salamander special" model.

Pancake pans - Heavy quality steel

Steel blinis pan - Heavy quality steel